COAST
ARMY TM Q-innf>-94Q-9.q&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
Supersedes Copy Dated November 1983
TECHNICAL MANUAL
UNIT AND DIRECT SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(INCLUDING REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LIST)
RIFLE, 5.56MM, M16 (1005-00-856-6885) (EIC:4F7)
RIFLE, 5.56 MM, M16A1 (1005-00-073-9421) (EIC:4FC)
INTRODUCTION M
DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT. Approved for public
release; distribution is unlimited.
HEADQUARTERS, DEPARTMENTS OF THE ARMY AND)
AIR FORCE, COMMANDANT, COAST GUARD
UNIT MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS 2-1
DIRECT SUPPORT
MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS
3-1
MAINTENANCE AUXILIARY
EQUIPMENT
4-1
JjM
1
REFERENCES
A-1
HH
1 MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART
B-1
IJB^
REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL
TOOLS LIST
C-1
Hi
1
EXPENDABLE/DURABLE SUPPLIES AND
MATERIALS LIST
D-1
f/M
_^^ J
ILLUSTRATED LIST OF
MANUFACTURED ITEMS
E-1
m
1
TORQUE LIMITS
F-1
HH
1
1 ALPHABETICAL INDEX
INDEX-1
■■
JUNE 1991
METRIC CHART
THE METRIC SYSTEM AND EQUIVALENTS
LINEAR MEASURE
1 Centimeter = 10 Millimeters = 0.01 Meters = 0.3937 Inches
1 Meter = 100 Centimeters = 1000 Millimeters = 39.37 Inches
1 Kilometer = 1000 Meters = 0,621 Miles
WEIGHTS
1 Gram = 0.001 Kilograms = 1000 Milligrams = 0.035 Ounces
1 Kilogram = 1000 Grams = 2.2 Lb
1 Metric Ton = 1000 Kilograms = 1 Megagram =^1.1 Short Tons
LIQUID MEASURE
1 Milliliter = 0.001 Liters = 0.0338 Fluid Ounces
1 Liter = 1000 Milliliters = 33.82 Fluid Ounces
SQUARE MEASURE
1 Sq Centimeter = 100 Sq Miliimeters = 0.155 Sq Inches
1 Sq Meter = 10,000 Sq Centimeters - 10.76 Sq Feet
1 Sq Kilometer = 1,000,000 Sq Meters = 0.386 Sq Mtles
CUBIC MEASURE
1 Cu Centimeter = 1000 Cu Millimeters = 0.06 Cu Inches
1 Cu Meter = 1,000,000 Cu Centimeters - 35,31 Cu Feet
TEMPERATURE
5/9 (°F -321 = °C
212° Fahrenheit is equivalent to 100° Celsius
90° Fahrenheit is equivalent to 32.2° Celsius
32° Fahrenheit is equivalent to 0° Celsius
9/5 C° +32- F°
TO CHANGE
TO
APPROXIMATE CONVERSION FACTORS
MULTIPLY BY
Inches Centimeters 2.540
Feet Meters 0.305
Yards Meters 0.914
Miles Kilometers 1 .609
Square Inches Square Centimeters 6.451
Square Feet Square Meters 0.093
Square Yards Square Meters 0.836
Square Miles Square Kilometers 2.590
Acres Square Hectometers 0.405
Cubic Feet Cubic Meters 0.028
Cubic Yards Cubic Meters 0.765
Fluid Ounces Milliliters 29.573
Pints Liters 0,473
Quarts Liters 0.946
Gallons Liters 3,785
Ounces Grams 28.349
Pounds Kilograms 0.454
Short Tons Metric Tons 0.907
Pound-Feet Newton-Meters 1.356
Pounds per Square Inch . . Kilopascals 6.895
Miles per Gallon Kilometers per Liter 0.425
Miles per Hour Kilometers per Hour 509
TO CHANGE
TO
MULTIPLY BY
Centimeters Inches 0.394
Meters Feet 3.280
Meters Yards 1 .094
Kilometers Miles 0.621
Square Centimeters Square Inches 0. 1 55
Square Meters Square Feet 10.764
Square Meters Square Yards 1.196
Square Kilometers Square Miles 0.386
Square Hectometers Acres 2.471
Cubic Meters Cubic Feet 35.31 5
Cubic Meters Cubic Yards 1.308
Milliliters Fluid Ounces 0.034
Liters Pints 2.113
Liters Quarts 1.057
Liters Gallons 0.264
Grams Ounces 0.035
Kilograms Pounds 2.205
Metric Tons Short Tons 1.102
Newton-Meters Pound-Feet 0.738
Kilopascals Pounds per Square Inch 0. 1 45
Kilometers per Liter Miles per Gallon 2.354
Kilometers per Hour Miles per Hour 0.621
in
— =
^-
CD
—
n
=
—
-=
—
in
CN
i
~
_
--J
—
,—
_
■^
=
o
"=
'
-
, —
•7
-^
r—
(J)
~
—
—
CO
■—
—
-
'~~
■Er
Ci
-E
'__ /
UD
~
■Er
Ln
=
Er
^
Csl
=
-|
n
=
=-
Er
LU
_z:
~
-
—
=
—
~
—
o -
_
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
WARNING
RADIATION HAZARD
K^
TRITIUM (H3)
A. RULES AND REGULATIONS: Copies of the following rules and regulations are maintained at HQ, AMCCOM,
Rock Island, IL 61299-6000. Copies may be requested, or information pertinent to these rules and regulations
obtained, by contacting the AMCCOM Radiological Protection Officer (RPO), AUTOVON 793-2964/2965/2966
Commercial (309) 782-2964/2965/2966.
(1 ) 1 0CFR Part 1 9 - Notices, Instructions, and Reports to Workers; Inspections.
(2) 10CFR Part 20 - Standards for Protection Against Radiation.
(3) NRC license, license conditions, and license application.
B. SAFETY PRECAUTIONS. The radioactive material used in this rifle is tritium gas (H3) sealed in a glass tube. It
poses no significant hazard to the repairman when intact. The source illuminates the front sight for night opera-
tions. Tampering with or removal of the source in the field is prohibited by Federal law. In the event there is no
illumination, notify the local Radiological Protection Officer. Do not attempt to repair or replace the sight in the
field! If skin contact is made with any area contaminated with tritium, immediately wash with nonabrasive soap
and water.
C. IDENTIFICATION: The radioactive self-luminous source is identified by means of a radioactive warning label {as
above). This label should not be defaced or removed, and should be replaced immediately when necessary.
Refer to the local RPO or the AMCCOM RPO for instructions on handling, storage, or disposal.
D. STORAGE AND SHIPPING: All radioactively illuminated instruments or modules which are defective will be
evacuated to a depot maintenance activity. These items must be placed in a plastic bag and packaged in the
shipping container from which the replacement was taken, before evacuation to a higher echelon is made. Spare
equipment must be stored in the shipping container, as received, until installed on the weapon. Storage of these
items is recommended to be in an outdoor shed type storage or unoccupied building.
WARNING
Read this manual carefully before performing required maintenance. This manual will be referred to for Inspection/
Maintenance and Repair procedures.
Before starting an inspection, be sure to clear the rifle. Do not actuate the trigger until the rifle has been cleared. In-
spect the chamber to ensure that it is empty and no ammunition is in position to be chambered. Do not keep live am-
munition near work area.
To avoid injury to your eye, use care when removing and installing spring-loaded parts.
All Active Army M161/M16A1 rifles must be inspected and gaged at least once annually for safety. All Army Reserve
and Army National Guard M16/M16A1 rifles must be inspected and gaged at least once every two years, after the in-
itial inspection/gaging procedures have been accomplished. This two year interval may be maintained unless preven-
tive maintenance checks and services (PMCS), or other physical evidence indicates that an individual unit's M16/
M16A1 rifles require inspection at a more frequent interval. If it is determined that a yearly inspection is necessary for
an individual unit, only that unit will be affected. This will not affect other units in regard to the interval of inspection.
Air Force users refer to inspection requirements in AFR 50-36, Volume 1 .
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO-11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
WARNING (cont)
Below Direct Support Maintenance, DO NOT Interchange bolt assemblies from one weapon to another. Doing so
may result In Injury to, or death of, personnel.
Bolt cam pin must be Installed or weapon will blow up while firing the first round. If the bolt cam pin is not
installed. Injury to, or death of, personnel may result.
Dry cleaning solvent Is flammable and toxic and should be used in a we 1 1- ventilated area. The use of rubber
gloves is necessary to protect the skin when washing rifle parts.
When using solid film lubricant or dichloro methane, be sure the area is well ventilated
When using P-C-1 1 1 , avoid skin contact. If It comes In contact with the skin, wash off thoroughly with running
water. Using a good lanolin base cream after exposure to compound is helpful. Gloves and protective equipment
are recommended.
For further Information on safety, care, and handling of ammunition: Army and Air Force users refer to
M16/M16A1 Operator's Manual TM 9-1 005-249-1 0/TO 11A13-10-7; Coast Guard users refer to OP4 or OPS.
For additional first aid data, see FM 21 -1 1
TECHNICAL MANUAL
ARMY NO. 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
*ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
*AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
HEADQUARTERS, DEPARTMENTS OF THE ARMY
AND AIR FORCE
COMMANDANT, COAST GUARD
Washington, DC 19 June 1991
Unit and Direct Support Maintenance Manual
(Including Repair Parts and Special Tools List)
RIFLE, 5.56MM, M16
(1005-00-856-6885)
RIFLE, 5.56MM, M16AI
(1005-00-073-9421)
Current as of 7 January 1991
APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE; DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED.
REPORTING ERRORS AND RECOMMENDING IMPROVEMENTS
You can help improve this manual. If you find any mistakes or if you know of a way to
improve the procedures, please let us know.
Army users mail your letter, DA Form 2028 (Recommended Changes to Publications and
Blank Forms), located in the back of this manual direct to: Com-
mander, US Army Armament, Munitions and Chemical Command, ATTN: AMSMC-MAS,
Rock Island, IL 61299-6000.
Air Force users submit AFTO Form 22, Technical Order System Publications Improvement
Report and Reply to: WR-ALC/MMDET, Robins AFB, GA 31098-5609.
Coast Guard users submit Publications Correction/Change Report form CG 4394 to: Com-
mandant, U.S. Coast Guard (G-ODO-2), Washington, DC 20593-0001.
A reply will be furnished to you.
Page
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL.
I CHAPTER II INTRODUCTION [R]
Chapter Overview 11-11
Section I General information |1-1|
Section II Equipment Description and Data [T?]
Section III Principles of Operation |T^
I CHAPTER 2I UNIT MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS \^
Chapter Overview 12-11
Section I Repair Parts, Special Tools, TMDE, and Support Equipment [2^1
Section II Service Upon Receipt .[2^
Section III Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) J 2-31
Section IV Troubleshooting 12-121
Section V Decontamination of Rifles and Arms Rooms \ 2-21 1
Section VI Maintenance Procedures J 2-211
*This manual supersedes TM 9-1005-249-24&P, dated 25 November 1983, including all changes and TO
1 lVtf3-5-5-24 dated 10 February 1972.
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
Page
ICHAPTER^
Section
Section
S ectio n
S ectio n
Section
S ection
DIRECT SUPPORT MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS |3 - 1|
Chapter Overview ^
Repair Parts, Special Tools, TMDE, and Support Equipment E
Service Upon Receipt E
Troubleshooting E
Decontamination of Rifles Shop Area 13-91
Maintenance Procedures for the Ml 6 and M16A1 Rifle 13-1 01
Preembarkation Inspection of Materiel in Units Alerted for Overseas 13 - /3|
Movement
Illus
Figure
[chapter 4 I MAINTENANCE OF AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT JTTI
Chapter Overview 14-1 1
Section I Unit Auxiliary Equipment 1 4-11
S ectio n II Preparation for Storage or Shipment 14-131
I APPENDIX"
APPENDIX
Section
S ectio n
I G r u p
[Group
Ig rn i] p
E
roup
Section
Section
APPFNniy
XI REFERENCES Pm
I APPENDIX B I MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART HZ!
N
ol
3
3 I
I G r u p 4I
REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LIST E]
Introduction ID-II
Repair Parts List U-1-11
5.56MMRifle M16,8448600 and M16A1, 8448500 1. C-J-ll
Bolt carrier assembly 8448501 I . . C-2-11
01 01 Bolt Assembly 8448509 I. . . C-'^-U
0102 Key and bolt carrier assembly 8448505 1. . tJ-4-11
Charging handle assembly 844851 7 I 0-5-1I
Upper receiver and barrel assembly 8448601 {Ml 6) and
8448522 (Ml 6A1 ) [TeTI
3]
0301 Rifle barrel assembly 8448663 1. . G-7-1 1
0302 Upper receiver assembly 8448602 (M16) and 8448523 (M16A1) RT^
030201 Forw/ard assist assembly 9349 086(M16AI) I.C-^-11
Lower receiver and extension assembly 8448604 (Ml 6} and
8448578 (Ml 6A1 ) < K-in-1l
0401 Buttstock assembly 93491 19 I . G-11-11
0402 Hammer assembly 844861 1. G-1P-1I
0403 Trigger assembly 8448591 1. . 0-13-11
0404 Lower receiver and extension subassembly 84488605 (Ml 6)
and 8448579 (M16A1} J C-14-11
Special Tools List IC-15-1 1
National Stock Number and Part Number Index I 1-1 1
EXPENDABLE/DURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST rTvil
APPENDIX H ILLUSTRATED LIST OF MANUFACTURED ITEMS IFTI
Iappendix fI torque limits EZU
IaLPHABETICAL INDExI I ndex
IG
- ?
IG
- ?
IG
- 3
IG
- 4
IG
- 5
10
- B
IC
- /
IG
- B
IG
- q
IG-
in
IG-
1 1
IG-
1?
IC-
^'^\
14
15
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
Read this manual carefully before performing required maintenance. This manual will be referred to for
Inspection/Maintenance and Repair procedures.
GENERAL
There arc several things you need to know to use this manual efficiently.
1. All references in the manual are to pages only. Reference to maintenance procedures is to the page where the respective
initial setup appears.
2. Illustrations for the maintenance procedures show only those parts affected by the opeation being performed.
3. Whenever the male gender is mentioned in the manual (i.e., crewman, repairman), it also pertains to females.
4. When the term "evacuate to support maintenance" is used, the entire rifle must be evacuated.
[NDEXES
This manual is organized to help you find the information you need quickly. There are several useful indexes.
1. Front Cove-r Index. Lists the most important areas of the manual. It is keyed to areas with bleed-to-edge indicators.
2. Table of Contents. Lists in order all chapters, sections, and appendixes. Gives page references.
3. Nomenclature Cross-References List.
4. Chapter Overviews. Summarise material covered in the chapter. Are located at the beginning of each chapter.
5. Symptom Index. Located just before the troubleshooting table in each maintenance chapter. Lists, in alphabetical order,
parts of&e rifle with possible malfunctions. References pages of the troubleshooting table.
6. Alphabetical Index. Located at the end of the manual. An extensive subject index for everything in the manual Gives
page references.
^MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES
There are two maintenance chapters:
Army personnel use chapter two for unit maintenance procedures and chapter three for direct support maintenance procedures.
Air Force personnel: Only Air Force Specialty Code 753XX Combat Arms Training and Maintenance (CATM) specialists,
technicians, and gunsmiths are authorized to perform maintenance procedures contained in this manual.
Each maintenance task has an initial setup containing a list of the following things you will need in order to do your
maintenance task:
1. Tools and Special Tools. For standard and special tools, see appendixes B and C. Army uses the Tool Set, Gage Set
and/or Shop Set listed in the initial setup.
2. Materials/Parts. Lists expendable materials and 100 percent replaceable parts. Each material or part is followed by a
part number or appendix reference.
3. References. Lists other publications containing necessary information,
4. Equipment Condition. Lists conditions to be met before Starting the procedure. The reference on the left of the
condition is a page reference to instructions for setting up the condition.
5. General Safety Instructions. Lists safety instructions to follow before performing maintenance procedures.
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
EXTERNAL VIEW OF 5.56MM RIFLE M16
BUTTSTOCK ASSEMBLY
LOWER RECEIVER AND
EXTENSION ASSEMBLY
UPPER RECEIVER AND
BARREL ASSEMBLY
CARTRIDGE
MAGAZINE
UPPER RECEIVER AND
BARREL ASSEMBLY
SMALL ARMS
SLING
BUTTSTOCK ASSEMBLY
SMALL ARMS
SLING
CARTRIDGE
MAGAZINE
LEFT SIDE
LOWER RECEIVER AND
EXTENSION ASSEMBLY
RVTFRNAI. VIKW OF 5.SfiMM RIFLE M16A1
BUTTSTOCK ASSEMBLY
UPPER RECEIVER AND
BARREL ASSEMBLY
LOWER RECEIVER AND
EXTENSION ASSEMBLY
SMALL ARMS
SUNG
RIGHT SIDE
SMALL ARMS
SLING
UPPER RECEIVER AND
BARREL ASSEMBLY
BUTTSTOCK ASSEMBLY
CARTRIDGE
MAGAZINE
LOWER RECEIVER AND
EXTINStON ASSEMBLY
LEH SIDE
1-0
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
CHAPTER 1
INTRODUCTION
CHAPTER OVERVIEW
This chapter contains general information equipment description and data and principles of operation for your weapon.
Section I. GENERAL INFORMATION
1-1. SCOPE.
a. Type of Manual: Unit and Direct Support Maintenance.
b. Model Number and Equipment Name: 5.56mm Rifle M 16 and M16A1.
c. Purpose of Equipment. Provides personnel an offensive/defensive capability to engage targets for field use.
1-2. MAINTENANCE FORMS, RECORDS, AND REPORTS. Department of the Army forms and procedures used for
equipment maintenance will be those prescribed by DA PAM 738-750, The Army Maintenance Management System.
Air Force users refer to TO 11 W 1-10 for applicable forms and records.
1-3. DESTRUCTION OF ARMY MATERIEL TO PREVENT ENEMY USE. See TM 750-244-7.
1-4. PREPARATION FOR STORAGE OR SHIPMENT. Refer to l chapter "4l| paragraph 4-7. | Air Force users refer to Special
Packaging Instructions (SPI) 00-856-6885.
1-5. OFFICIAL NOMENCLATURE, NAMES AND DESIGNATIONS.
NOMENCLATURE CROSS-REFERENCE LIST
Common Name Official Nomenclature
ActionSpring Helical Compression Spring (8448629)
BoltCatch Spring Helical Compression Spring (8448633)
Carrier Key and Bolt Carrier Assembly (8448505)
Disconnector Spring Helical Compression Spring (8448594)
Ejector Spring Helical Spring (8448516)
Extractor Spring Assembly Spring Assembly (8448755)
Hammer Spring Helical Torsion Spring (844861 1 )
Magazine Catch Spring Helical Compression Spring (8448637)
Pistoi Grip Rifle Grip (93491 27)
Pivot Pin Detent Takedown Detent (8448585)
TriggerSpring Helical Torsion Spring (8448593)
Weapon 5.56mm Rifle M 16 (8448600) or M 1 6A1 (8448500)
1-6. REPORTING EQUIPMENT IMPROVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS (EIR). If your rifle needs improvement, let us
know. Send us an EIR. You, the user, are the only one who can tell us what you don't like about your equipment. Let
us know why you don't like the design. Put it on SF 368 (Product Quality Deficiency Report). Mail it to us at Com-
mander, US Army Armament, Munitions and Chemical Command, ATTN: AMSMG-QAD-I, Rock Island, IL
61299-6000. We'll send you a reply.
Air Force users submit Materiel Deficiency Report (MDR) to: DIR MAT MGT ROBINS AFB GA//MMIBTC// and Product
Quality Deficiency Report to: DIR MAT MGT ROBINS AFB GA//MMQA// lAW Technical Order 00-35D-54.
Coast Guard users submit PQDRs (SF 368) in accordance with COMDTINST M4855.1 to: Commandant, U.S. Coast
Guard (G-ODO-2), Washington, DC 20593-0001.
1-1
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
Section II. EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA
1-7. EQUIPMENT CHARACTERISTICS, CAPABILITIES, AND FEATURES.
a. Characteristics.
(4) Magazine-fed
(5) Semi or automatic fire
(1) Lightweight
(2) Air-cooled
(3) Gas-operated
b. Capabilities. Provides personnel an offensive/defensive capability to engage targets while in the field role.
c. Features.
(1) Receivers are made of light-weight aluminum alloys; however, the safety, durability, and function of the rifles
are in no way reduced. The portability and logistical values are greatly increased, particularly when air transport is
used.
(2) The bolt locking action is one of the mechanical features of the weapon. The bolt and barrel extension con-
tains locking lugs which engage and lock the bolt firmly in the barrel extension. The initial force of the explosion of
the cartridge propellant is absorbed by the barrel, barrel extension, and bolt.
(3) The trigger guard is easily adaptable to winter operations. A spring-loaded retaining pin is depressed to allow
ready access to the trigger when wearing arctic mittens.
(4) The ejection port cover prevents dirt or sand from getting into the ejection port. The cover must be closed
during periods when firing is not anticipated. It opens automatically by the forward or rearward movement of the bolt
carrier.
1-8. LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS.
®
®
CHARGING HANDLE ASSEMBLY. Provides a means of charging the weapon.
BOLT CARRIER ASSEMBLY. Carries bolt to chamber and fires the weapon. Contains the firing pin, extractor,
bolt, ejector, and cam pin.
UPPER RECEIVER AND BARREL ASSEMBLY. Rifle barrel assembly Is air-cooled, contains flash suppressor and
front sight assembly, and holds the two hand guards and the sling swivel. Upper receiver contains
rear sight, ejection port and cover, and a housing for the bolt carrier and bolt assembly. A forward
assist assembly is used on the Ml 6A1 weapon.
LOWER RECEIVER AND EXTENSION ASSEMBLY. Lower receiver contains the trigger assembly, sear hammer
assembly, selector lever, rifle grip, bolt catch, and buttstock assembly. The buttstock assembly
houses the action spring, buffer assembly, and extension assembly.
CARTRIDGE MAGAZINE. 30 round cartridge capacity.
SMALL ARMS SLING. The small arms sling is adjustable and provides a means to carry the weapon.
A
1-2
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
1-9. DIFFERENCES BETWEEN MODELS. The 5.56mm Rifle M16 does not contain the forward assist assembly con-
tained on 5.56mm Rifle M16A1.
1-10. EQUIPMENT DATA.
a. Rifles and M16 and M16A1.
Weight:
Rifle M16, without magazine and Sling 6,351b
Rifle Ml 6A1 , without magazine and sling 6.5.5 lb
Sling M1 , , ,.,..,.,,.,,.,.., , , 0.41b
Empty magazine 0.251b
Loaded magazine 1 .01 lb
Rifle Ml 6, w/sling and loaded magazine 7.76 lb
Rifle Ml 6A1 w/sling and loaded magazine 7.96, lb
Bayonet-Knife M7 , 0.61b
Scabbard M10 0.31b
Length:
Rifle w/flash suppressor 39.625 in.
Rifle w/bayonet-knife 44.875 in.
Barrel 20in.
Barrel with flash suppressor 21 in.
Mechanical features:
Rifling - RH twist, 6 grooves, 1 turn in 1 2 inches
Method of operation gas
Typeof breech mechanism rotatlngbolt
Method of feeding magazine
Cooling air
Trigger pull 5.5 to 8.5 lb
Ammunition:
Caliber , , 5.56 mm
Type ball, blank, dummy and tracer
Firing characteristics:
Muzzle velocity (approximate) 3,250 fps
Muzzle energy 1,,3,00, .ft-lb
Chamber pressure 52,000 psi
Cyclic rate of fire (approximate) 800 rds/m
Maximum rate of fire:
Semiautomatic 45/65 rds/m
Automatic 1 50/200 rds/m
Sustained rate of fire 12/15 rds/m
Maximum range 2.,653 meters
Maximum effective range. 460 meters
b. Rifle Bipod M3.
Weight:
Bipod , , . , ,..,., ,.,.., , ,.,.., o.6lb
Bipod case 0,21b
1-3
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
Section
PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION
1-11. GENERAL. The 5.56mm Ml 6/IV11 6A1 rifle:
a. Is gas-operated. It fires in either the automatic or semiautomatic mode.
b. Has positive locking of the bolt. Firing pin is part of the bolt and carrier assembly and cannot strike the primer
until the bolt is fully locked.
1-12. PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION.
^O BOLT AND CARRIER ASSEMBLY. Provides stripping, cambering, locking, firing, extraction,
cartridges using the drive springs and projectile propelling gases for power.
and ejection of
(b) CHARGING HANDLE ASSEMBLY. Provides initial charging of the weapon. The charging handle latch locks the
handle in the forward position during sustained fire to prevent injury to the operator.
(c) UPPER RECEIVER AND BARREL ASSEMBLY. Provides support for the bolt carrier assembly. The barrel
chambers the cartridge for firing and directs the projectile.
(^ LOWER RECEIVER AND EXTENSION ASSEMBLY. Provides firing control for the weapon and provides storage
for basic cleaning materials.
(BJ cartridge MAGAZINE. Holds cartridges ready for feeding and provides a guide for positioning cartridges for
stripping. Provides quick reload capabilities for sustained firing.
rp^ SMALL ARMS SLING. Provides the means for carrying the weapon.
M16A1
1-4
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M837.9
1-13. CORROSION PREVENTION AND CONTROL (CPC). CPC of Army materiel is a continuing concern. It is
important that any corrosion problems with this item be reported so that the problem can be corrected and
improvements can be made to prevent the problem in the future items.
While corrosion is typically associated with rusting of metals, it can also include deterioration of other materials
such as rubber and plastic. Unusual cracking, softening, swelling, or breaking, of these materials may be a
corrosion problem.
If a corrosion problem is identified, it can be reported using Standard Form 368, Product Quality Deficiency
Report. Use of key words such as "corrosion", "rust", "deterioration" or "cracking" will assure that the information
is identified as a CPC problem.
The form should be submitted to:
Commander
U.S. Army Armament, Munitions and Chemical Command
ATTN: AMSCM-QAD/Customer Feedback Center
Flock Island, Illinois 61299-6000
Air force users submit Material Deficiency Report (MDR) to:
DIR MAT MGT
ATTN: MMIBTC
Robins AFB, GA
and Product Quality Deficiency Report to:
DIR MAT MGT
ATTN: MMQA
Robins AFB. GA
1-5 (1-6 blank)
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
CHAPTER 2
UNIT MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS
CHAPTER OVERVIEW
This chapter contains information and instructions to help keep the weapon in good repair. The chapter contains:
a. Repair Parts, Special Tools, TMDE, and Support Equipment
b. Service Upon Receipt
c. Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS)
d. Troubleshooting
e. Decontamination of Rifles and Arms Rooms
f. Maintenance Procedures
Section 1. REPAIR PARTS, SPECIAL TOOLS, TMDE, AND SUPPORT EQUIPMENT
2-1. COMMON TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT. For authorized common tools and equipment refer to the Modified Table of
Organization and Equipment (MTOE) applicable to your unit. Air Force and Coast Guard users must maintain the
following common tools:
Three-ounce soft-brass hammer Tweezers/round nose pliers
Vise Hammer
Flat tip screwdriver Needle nose pliers
Punch
2-2. SPECIAL TOOLS, TMDE, AND SUPPORT EQUIPMENT. Special tools, required for unit support are liste d in appervl
dix ^ Fabricated tools are listed and illustrated in l appendix LI
2-3. REPAIR PARTS. Repair parts are listed and illustrated in lappendix U D f this manual.
Section II. SERVICE UPON RECEIPT
2-4, GENERAL.
a. Inspect the weapon for damage incurred during shipment. If the equipment has been damaged, report the
damage on SF Form 364, Report of Discrepancy (ROD).
b. Check the weapon against the packing slip to see if the shipment is complete. Report all discrepancies in accor-
dance with the instructions in DA PAM 738-750.
Army users submit an SF 368 (Product Quality Deficiency Report) to: Commander, U.S. Army Armament, Munitions
and Chemical Command, ATTN: AMSMC-QAD-1, Rock Island, IL 61299-6000.
Air Force users submit Materiel Deficiency Report (MDR) to: DIR MAT MGT ROBINS AFB GA//MMIBTC// and Quality
Deficiency Report to; DIR MAT MGT ROBINS AFB GA//MMQA// lAW Technical Order 00-35D-54.
Coast Guard users submit PQDRs (SF 368) in accordance with COMDTINST M4855.1 to: Commandant, U.S. Coast
Guard (G-000-2), Washington, DC 20593-0001.
c. Check to see whether the equipment has been modified.
d. Check to see if all MWOs have been applied.
2-1
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
2-5. SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIEL. Refer to the following table.
WARNING
Before starting an inspection, be sure to clear the weapon. Do not actuate the trig-
ger before clearing the weapon. Inspect the chamber to make sure it is empty and
free of obstructions. Check to see there are no obstructions in the barrel, and no
ammunition is in position to be chambered.
SERVICE UPON RECEIPT - M16/M16A1 RIFLE
LOCATION
ITEM
ACTION
REMARKS
1 . Container
M16/M16A1 Rifle
a. Remove rifle from containers.
b. Inspect the equipment for dam-
age incurred during shipment.
If the equipment has
been damaged, report
the damage on SF Form
364, Report of Discrep-
ancy (ROD),
c. Check the equipment against the
packing list to see if the ship-
ment is complete.
Report all discrepancies
in accordance with the
instructions of DA RAM
738-750.
b. Basic issue items
Check for missinq items.
ITM 9-1005-249 -10 (Op-
erators Manual)
2. Rifle
a. Barrel assembly
If volatile corrosion inhibitor (VCI) is
in barrel, remove and discard.
b. All parts
a. Field-strip rifle and inspect for
missing, damaged, and rusted or
corroded parts.
Refer to Operator's
Manual
b. Clean and lubricate.
Refer to Operator's
Manual
c. Reassemble.
Refer to Operator's
Manual
d. Function check
e. Check to see whether the equip-
ment has been modified.
Refer t d paragraph 2-^ b
DA PAM 25-30
2-2
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
Section III. PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS)
2-6. GENERAL This section contains the procedures and instructions necessary to perform unit preventive
maintenance checks and services. These services are to be performed by unit maintenance personnel with the
assistance of the operator where practical.
2-7. PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES.
WARNING
Before starting an inspection, be sure to clear the weapon. Do not keep live
ammunition near the work area.
a. General. The PMCS procedures are contained in the table following. They are arranged in logical sequence
requiring a minimum amount of time and motion on the part of the persons performing them and are arranged
so that there will be a minimum interference between persons performing checks simultaneously on the same
end item.
b. Item No. Column. Checks and services are numbered in disassembly sequence. This column shall be used as
a source of item numbers for the "TM Number" column on DA form 2404, Equipment Inspection and Mainte-
nance Worksheet, in recording results of PMCS.
c. Interval Column. This column gives the designated interval when each check is to be performed.
d. Item To Be Checked Or Serviced Column. This column lists the items to be checked or serviced.
e. Procedure Column. This column contains a brief description of the procedure by which the check is to be
performed. It contains all the information required to accomplish the checks and services.
f. Not Fully Mission Capable If: Column. This column contains a brief statement of the condition (e.g.,
malfunction, shortcoming (SH), deficiency (D)) that would cause the covered equipment to be less than fully ready
to perform its assigned mission.
2-3
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES FOR M16/M16A1 RIFLE
Item
No.
Interval
Item To Be
Checked Or
Serviced
Procedure
Not Fully Mission
Capable If;
WARNJNG
Before starting an inspection, be sure to clear the rifle. Do not actuate the trigger
until the rifle has been cleared. Inspect the chamber to ensure that it is empty and
no ammunition is in position to be chambered. Do not keep live ammunition near work
area.
NOTE
During periods of inactivity, perform preventive maintenance quarterly unless
inspection reveals more frequent servicing is necessary.
An inactive weapon is a weapon which has been stored in an arms room for a period
of 90 days without use. The weapon may or may not have been assigned to an
individual.
Normal cleaning (PMCS) of an inactive weapon will be performed every 90 days.
Should the unit armorer detect corrosion on a weapon prior to the end of the 90-day
period, the PMCS should be performed immediately.
Solid Film Lubricant (SFL) is the authorized touch up for the M16/M16A1 Rifle and
may be used on up to one third of the exterior finish of the weapon.
FOR CONUS USE ONLY: Solid Film Lubricant may be used as a touch up without
limitation on the upper receiver and barrel assembly. This is to say that units which
DO NOT fall under the category of Divisional Combat Units or rapid deployment type
units may have up to 100% of the exterior surface of the Upper Receiver and Barrel
Assembly protected with SFL. Prior to application of SFL the surface must be
thoroughly clean and inspected for corrosion and/or damage. If corroded or
damaged the part must be repaired or replaced prior to application of SFL. Continued
use under combat conditions would result in an unprotected surface when the SFL
wears off. This would result in a large light reflecting surface and accelerated
deterioration of the unprotected surface. Therefore, Divisional Combat Units and
units which fall under the definition of Rapid Deployment type must adhere to the
limitation of NOT over 1/3 of their exterior surface covered by SFL.
Quarterly
Cartridge magazine
(serviceability check)
a. Disassemble as in operators manual
Inspect tube (1) for bulges, dents, or
damaged feeder lips (2). Inspect spring
nd follower (4) for kinks or damage,
eassemble magazine and check for
ng during operation of follower (4).
SH - Replace the maga-
zine if any of these con-
ditions exist.
SH - Replace the maga-
zine if the follower
I binds
2-4
ARMYTM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCET0 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES FOR M16/M16A1 RIFLE (Cont)
Item
No.
Interval
Item To Be
Checked Or
serviced
Procedure
Not Fully Mission
Capable If:
2 (Quarterly Cjiarging handle as
sembly and selector
lever.
WARNING
If the weapon fails any of the
following selector lever teats,
evacuate it to Direct Support
Maintenance. Continued use of
the weapon could result in in-
jury to, or death of, personnel.
Pull charging handle (1) to rear. Check
that chamber is clear. Let bolt and bolt
carrier (2) close. Leave hammer in
cocked position. Do not pull trigger.
Place selector lever (3) in SAFE position.
Pull trigger. Hammer should not fall.
NOTE
For the purpose of the follow-
ing test "SLOW" is defined as
1/4 to 1/2 the normal rate of
trigger release.
Place selector lever (3) in SEMI position.
Pull trigger. Hammer should fall.
Hold trigger to the rear, charge weapon,
and release the trigger with a slow,
smooth motion, without hesitations or
stops, until the trigger is fully forward.
(An audible click should be heard.) Ham-
mer should not fall.
Repeat the above SEMI position test five
times.
Place in AUTO position. Charge weapon
and pull trigger. Hammer should fall.
Hold trigger to the rear, charge weapon,
and release trigger. Pull trigger. Hammer
should not fall.
NOTE
Automatic sear should have
released hammer while holding
trigger in the pulled position
before releasing and pulling
the trigger.
With hammer in forward position, at-
tempt to place the selector lever (3) in
SAFE position using finger/thumb pres-
sure only..
D - Charging handle
must lock in place
when in the forward
position.
D - Hammer falls.
D - Hammer does not
fall.
D - Hammer falls.
D - The weapon mal-
functions during any of
these five tests.
D - Hammer does not
fall.
D - Hammer falls.
D - Finger/thumb pres-
sure moves fire control
selector to SAFE
position.
2-5
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES FOR M16/M16A1 RIFLE (Cont)
Item To Be
Item
Checked Or
Not Fully Mission
No.
Interval
Serviced
Procedure
Capable If:
3
Quarterly
Upper receiver and
barrel assembly
(handguards)
CAUTION
Do not use screwdriver or any
other tool when removing the
handguards, doing so may
damage the handguard and/or
^
slip ring.
^^"■"■■'
^*^T^i
^r^
^^ ^ **^
/7N^^
^^
NOTE
^r "" ^»
^^^k. i^i.
^
\ "^ ^
^^^7S
Refer to operator's manual for
'\
\
^
"buddy system" procedure on
\
y^
removing handguards.
>
Remove and inspect handguards (1) in-
SH - Discard and re-
^
t
n
ternally and externally for cracks and/or
place the handguard
^y^
damage. Cracks up to one inch in length
assembly (1) if the heat-
j^^^ ^^
are acceptable providing they do not ex-
tend into the handguard retaining flange
shield is loose enough
to rattle when installed
^^
v^^
^iniih "^
■^
In y 1
or adversely affect weapon operation,
on the rifle or it fails
\
Till W L i\
operator safety, or proper retention of
handguard.
the inspection.
4
Quarterly
Upper receiver and
barrel assembly (ser-
viceability check)
WARNING
Dry cleaning solvent is flamma-
ble and toxic and should be
used in a well-ventilated area.
The use of rubber gloves is
^T
(T^) *7/
necessary to protect the skin
G
V ^^ //
when washing rifle parts.
^f^-^CLm
Release takedown pins and open and
D - If flash support or
V/ArJ*
separate receivers Hand check flash sup-
barrel are loose, evacu-
^qM^
pressor (1) for looseness on barrel (2),
ate to direct support
y.r— V
MTrh.
then hand check barrel for looseness on
maintenance.
©
Mi \ T
upper receiver (3).
>^-.»^
^®®
Check gas tube (4), forward assist (5),
and rear sight (6) for damage. Using fin-
ger pressure, check the rear sight for
firmness. The rear sight spring shall re-
D - If barrel is loose on
upper receiver, evacu-
ate to support
maintenance.
Mi
tain the rear sight in either position with
ft
Firmness.
SH - If damaged, evacu-
\^ iy
/
ate to direct support
V m^
/
maintenance.
j*^
^fe^
F
Check front sight post, plunger, and
D - Charging handle (8)
®
mi a/Hm^
spring (7) for damage and corrosion.
is defective.
ff t/fffUL
— ®
Clean and lubricate them (p 2-22). Check
^^
M^^
charging handle (8) and ejection port
SH - Replace defective
^
cover (9) for defects and proper function.
components as
r\ '
n[^m
Check sling swivel (10) and pin/rivet(1 1 )
necessary.
®-»
"^u—
<i)
for damage and proper function.
2-6
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES FOR M16/M16A1 RIFLE (Cent)
Item
No.
Interval
Item To Be
Checked Or
Serviced
Procedure
Not Fully Mission
capable If:
CAUTION
Do not use a wire brush to roughen surfaces. Use a well-ventilated area during
cleaning and application of solid film lubricant. If solid film lubricant comes in contact
with moving parts or functioning surfaces of the rifle, remove lubricant immediately
by washing with dry cleaning solvent.
NOTE
Shiny met al exte rior surfaces of the rifle should be recoated wit h solid film lubricant
(item 19, jpp D)l Clean surface with dry cleaning solvent (Item 15, fepp Dl , dry, roughen
with abrasive cloth (item 12, ^pp Dl and apply solid film lubricant
Quarterly
Upper receiver and
barrel assembly (ser-
viceability check)
(cent)
Inspect upper receiver (3) finish for
scratches or worn shiny spots.
If scratched or worn shiny in spots, dis-
assemble and remove all lubricant from
surface with dry cleaning solvent (item
15, hop DI V Wear rubber gloves (item 16,
lapp D ) and use a wash pan (item 22. lapp|
rn\ to apply solvent. Let parts dry thor-
oughly. Roughen the surface using abra-
sive cloth (item 12, App Dl and apply
solid film lubricant (item 1 9. appi D). Al-
low 16 to 24 hours to dry before
handling.
Hold barrel (2) at 40-degree angle (muz-
zle down). Pull charging handle (8) to
rear. Hold bolt carrier assembly (12) to
rear and push charging handle forward.
Release bolt carrier assembly (1 2). The
bolt carrier assembly should close and
lock under its own weight. If it does not,
remove the bolt (1 3) from the carrier(1 4)
and slide the carrier (14) (without bolt)
back and forth in the upper receiver and
barrel assembly. If the gas tube (4) hits
the carrier key (15) or if the gas tube
binds on the carrier key, try to correct
the malfunction by adjusting (slightly
bending) the gas tube in the area of the
handguards.
SH - If scratched or
worn, to allow a shiny,
light reflecting surface,
apply solid film
lubricant.
D - If this does not cor-
rect the malfunction,
evacuate to direct sup-
port maintenance.
2-7
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCET0 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
Item
No.
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES FOR M16/M16A1 RIFLE (Cont)
Interval
Item To Be
Checked Or
Serviced
Procedure
Not Fully Mission
Capable \t
WARNING
Below direct support maintenance, do not interchange bolt assemblies from one
weapon to another. Doing so may result in injury to, or death of, personnel.
Quarterly
Bolt carrier assembly
(serviceability check)
Remove and disassemble. Visually in-
spect bolt assembly (1 ) for cracks, espe-
cially in the area of the cam pin hole (2).
Check for cracks on locking lugs (3), for
a cluster of pits or chipped bolt face (4),
and for an elongated firing pin hole (5).
Check for missing or broken retaining
pin (6)/bolt cam pin (7), or cracks on bolt
cam pin.
Check for worn bolt rings (8). Insert the
bolt assembly (1 ) into the bolt carrier (9).
Turn bolt carrier assembly (9) so the bolt
assembly (1 ) points down. The bolt must
not drop out.
Check extractor and spring (10) and
ejector and spring (1 1 ) for dirt and
serviceability.
NOTE
Do not remove extractor spring
assembly from extractor except
for replacement.
Check bolt carrier (9) and carrier key (1 2)
for damage and looseness.
NOTE
Dented carrier keys may be re-
paired (p 2-25) using the fabri-
cated key tool (fig E-31 fapp E) .
Check firing pin (13) for chips or breaks.
Pits or wear in area illustrated is permis-
sible (14).
Id - If defects are found,
(evacuate to direct sup-
Iport maintenance for
irepair.
Id - Replace retalninc
Ipin/bolt cam pin.
Id - If the bolt assembly
fdrops out of the bolt
'carrier due to Its own
'weight, evacuate to di-
irect support mainte-
inance for repair (usu-
ially bolt ring
ireplacement).
!SH - Clean, lubricate (p
2-22) and assemble.
D - Replace extractor
land spring, and ejector
and spring as
necessary.
D - If bolt carrier or car-
rier key is damaged or
carrier key is loose,
evacuate to direct sup-
port maintenance.
D - If firing pin is dam-
aged, evacuate to di-
rect support
maintenance.
2-8
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES FOR M16/M16A1 RIFLE (Cont)
P
Item
No.
Interval
Quarterly
Item To Be
Checked Or
Serviced
Lower receiver and
extension assembly
(serviceability check)
Procedure
Remove buffer (1) and action sprinf
Check buffer for cracks.
[2).
Check action spring {1 2) for kinks and free
length. Free length should be 1 1 3/4
minimum to 13 1/2 maximum inches.
Remove rifle grip (3), spring (4), safety
detent (5), pivot pin (6), detent (7), and
spring (8). Clean and lubricate metal
components (p 2-22). Also clean and lu-
bricate pivot pin holes and spring/detent
holes.
Compress helical compression spring
and takedown pin detent (9) using a jew-
eler's screwdriver or fabricated tool de-
picted in l appendix ElFTfig E-£ ).
Lubricate {p 2-22) helical compression
spring and takedown pin detent (9) by
placing one drop of lubricant on detent
and lowering the buttstock assembly (1 0)
to vertical position. Allow the lubricant to
work its way around the helical compres-
sion spring and takedown pin detent (9).
Check buttstock assembly (10) com-
ponents for damage.
Under the following conditions, hairline
cracks (no chipped away material al-
lowed) originating from the buttplate end
of the buttstock are acceptable without
repair.
a. One hairline crack, not to exceed one
inch in length, per side of buttstock.
b. Two additional hairline cracks up to
1/4 inch in length, per side of buttstock.
c. A total of three cracks per side of
the buttstock, originating from the butt-
plate end, are allowable.
Cracks in the critical area (11) at the front
end of the buttstock are not acceptable.
Not Fully Mission
Capable If:
SH - Replace buffer if
racked.
SH - If kinked or incor-
rect length replace. Do
not attempt to adjust
spring length.
D - Replace defec-
tive/damaged compo-
nents as necessary.
D - If helical compres-
sion spring will not
compress, or takedown
pin detent will not re-
turn to its original posi-
tion, refer to I page 2-Tn
for repair procedure.
D - Replace damaged
components as
necessary.
2-9
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES FOR M16/M16A1 RIFLE (Cont)
Item
No.
Interval
Item To Be
Checked Or
Serviced
Procedure
Not Fully Mission
Capable If:
Quarterly
Lower receiver and
extension assembly
(serviceability check)
(cent)
CIneck buttstock assembly (1 0) for for-
ward to rear movement and/or a 1 /32"
gap between the buttstock assembly (1 0)
and the lower receiver (11). If forward to
rear movement and/or a 1 /32" gap ap-
pears, tighten butt cap screw. If still not
tight, replace buttplate.
If movement and/or gap remains, a loose
lower receiver extension may be the
cause.
NOTE
Small amounts of side-to-side, up-
and-down or rotational movement
of the buttstock assembly is ac-
ceptable without repair.
Replace the butt plate (12) if any of the
following conditions exist:
(1 ) Cracks around the mounting holes
are visible when installed on the weapon.
(2) Cracks or separations around the
door assembly are visible when the door
assembly is closed.
(3) If any crack is in excess of 1/4 inch
in length and extends through the butt
plate (12).
(4) The butt plate (12) should not be
removed other than for repair or replace-
ment of parts at which time a new, self-
locking screw must be used.
Function check the magazine catch (13)
and bolt catch (14).
Check lower receiver (1 1 ) finish for
scratches and worn shiny spots.
NOTE
If a M16/M16A1 Rifle LOWER RE-
CEIVER is missing one third or more
of its exterior protective finish, re-
sulting in an unprotected/light reflect-
ing surface, it is candidate for over-
haul. This missing finish will be con-
sidered a shortcoming. This short-
coming requires action to obtain a
replacement weapon. Once a replace-
ment has been received, evacuate the
original weapon to depot for overhaul.
D If a loose lower
receiver extension is
suspected, remove
buttstock (p 2-45) and
check for tightness. If
loose, evacuate to di-
rect support mainte-
nance for repair, Clean
and lubricate all com-
ponents before
reassembly.
SH - If defective, re-
place necessary parts.
D - If defective, evacu-
ate to direct support
maintenance.
2-10
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES FOR M16/M16A1 RIFLE (Cont)
Item
No.
Interval
item To Be
Checked Or
Serviced
Procedure
Not Fully Mission
Capable If:
Quarterly
Quarterly
Lower receiver and
extension assembly
{serviceability check)
(cont)
M16/M16A1 Rifle
If scratched or worn shiny in spots, re-
coat with solid film lubricant {item 19,
lapp H )) as stated in item 4 (p 2-7).
Quarterly
Bipod assembly MS
{serviceability check)
Assemble as in operators manual.
Check for broken, missing, or damaged
parts and check over all general
appearance.
Check small arms sling for damage.
Check spring tension for retention to rif le
barrel. Check legs {1) for damage.
Quarterly
Annual DS safety
and serviceability in-
spection and gaging
Check the DD Form 314 to insure annual
DS safety and serviceability inspection
and gaging has been done and that the
next gaging and inspection is scheduled.
D - Replace parts as re-
quired and authorized,
or evacuate to direct
support maintenance
for repair.
SH - Replace if
damaged.
SH - If defective, re-
place M3 bipod.
D - If annual gaging
has not been per-
formed within the last
year, notify direct sup-
port maintenance.
2-11
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
2-8. GENERAL
Section IV. TROUBLESHOOTING
a. This section contains troubleshooting information for locating and correcting most of the operating troubles
which may develop in the 5.56mm Rifle M16 and M16A1, Each malfunction for the individual part or assembly
is followed by a list of tests or inspections which will help you to determine the corrective actions to take. You
should perform the tests, inspections and corrective actions in the order listed.
b. This manual cannot list all malfunctions that may occur, nor all tests or inspections and corrective actions. If
a malfunction is not listed or is not corrected by listed corrective actions, see individual repair sections for
maintenance instructions on each major assembly.
2-9. TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES. Refer to troubleshooting table for malfunctions, tests, and corrective
actions. The symptom index is provided for a quick reference of symptoms covered in the table.
SYMPTOM INDEX
Troubleshooting
Procedures
Page
Failure of magazine to lock In weapon
Failure to feed
Failure to chamber
Failure to lock
Failure to fire
Failure to unlock __._
Failure to extract -
Failure to eject
Failure to cock
Short recoil
Weapon cannot be zeroed
Failure to cycle with selector lever set on AUTO
Fires two rounds with one pull of trigger with selector lever set on SEMI {double firing)
Fires with selector lever on SAFE or when trigger is released with selector lever on SEMI
Bolt fails to lock to rear after firing last round
2-i5|
2-1 d
2-14
2-14
2-15
2-15
1 2-16
2-16
I ?-16 l
2-1
2-191
2-12
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
TROUBLESHOOTING
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. FAILURE OF MAGAZINE TO LOCK IN WEAPON.
Step 1. Dirty or corroded magazine catch (1).
Disassemble and clean.
Step 2. Defective magazine catch spring (2).
Replace spring (2).
Step 3. Worn or broken magazine catch (1).
Replace magazine catch (1 ).
2. FAILURE TO FEED.
Step 1. Magazine catch spring (1 ) weak or broken.
Evacuate to direct support maintenance,
Step 2. Magazine catch (2) defective.
Evacuate to direct support
maintenance.
Step 3. Magazine catch (2) out of adjustment
(will not retain magazine).
Refer to operator's manual
Step 4. Magazine catch notch (3) defective.
Replace magazine assembly.
Step 5. Magazine lips (4) burred or broken.
Replace magazine.
Step 6. Magazine follower (5) defective,
or binds during operation.
Replace magazine.
Step 7. Magazine spring (6) weak or broken.
Replace magazine.
Step 8. Magazine tube (7) dented.
Replace magazine.
Step 9. Short recoil.
Refer to I pace 2^71
2-13
Army tm 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
TROUBLESHOOTING (CONT)
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
3. FAILURE TO CHAMBER.
Step 1. Weak or broken action spring (1) (free length 11 3/4
inches minimum to 13 1/2 inches maximum).
Replace action spring (1) {p 2-45).
Step 2. Obstruction in bore/chamber.
Remove obstruction; if unable to remove obstruction
evacuate to direct support maintenance.
4. FAILURE TO LOCK.
Step 1. Dirty or damaged ammunition
(1).
K
r>
U=i::=>
Replace ammunition.
Step 2. Bolt cam pin (2) broken or missing.
Replace bolt cam pin (p 2-24).
Step 3. Loose or damaged bolt carrier key (3).
Evacuate to direct support maintenance.
Dented carrier keys (3) may be repaired
{p 2-22) using the fabricated key tool
ESIB.Lilill).
Step 4. Improperly assembled extractor spring assembly
(4) to extractor (5).
Assemble correctly (p 2-29).
Step 5. Bent gas tube (6).
Adjust/bend gas tube in area of the
handguard to its original configuration.
If the gas tube cannot be repaired to
its original configuration, evacuate
weapon to direct support maintenance.
Step 6. Weak or broken action spring (7).
Replace action spring (7) (p 2-45).
2-14
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
TROUBLESHOOTING (CONT)
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
5. FAILURE TO FIRE.
Step 1. Broken, chipped, or deformed firing pin (1).
Evacuate to direct support maintenance.
Step 2. Firing mechanism (2) and/or lower receiver assembly (3) improperly assembled or has worn,
broken, or missing parts.
Evacuate to direct support maintenance
Step 3. Broken, missing, or defective retaining pin (4).
Replace retaining pin (p 2-24).
6. FAILURE TO UNLOCK.
Step 1. Burred locking lugs (1) on bolt assembly (2).
Evacuate to direct support maintenance.
Step 2. Burred locking lugs (3) on barrel extension.
Evacuate to direct support maintenance.
Step 3. See short recoil (p 2-17).
Step 4. Broken bolt assembly (2).
Evacuate to direct support maintenance.
2-15
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
TROUBLESHOOTING (CONT)
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
7. FAILURE TO EXTRACT.
Step 1 . Defective extractor pin (1 ), extractor (2), and/or
extractor spring assembly (3).
Replace extractor pin (1 ), extractor (2), and/or
extractor spring assembly (3) {p 2-24).
Step 2. Short recoil.
Refer to l page g^TI
NOTE
RUBBER
INSERT
Rubber insert and spring are an assembly. Illustration shows insert out of assembly for clarifica-
tion only. Do not remove rubber insert from spring.
Step 3. Badly pitted chamber.
Evacuate to direct support maintenance,
8. FAILURE TO EJECT.
Step 1. Broken or missing cartridge ejector (1 ).
Replace {p 2-29).
Step 2. Ejector (1) stuck in bolt body (2).
Disassemble and clean (p 2-29).
Step 3. Weak, broken or missing ejector spring (3).
Replace (p 2-29).
Step 4. Short recoil.
Refer to l page g^TI
9. FAILURE TO COCK.
Step 1. Worn, broken, or missing parts of firing
mechanism {1 ).
Evacuate to direct support
maintenance.
Step 2. Short recoil.
Refer to Ipaqe 2-171
2-16
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
TROUBLESHOOTING (CONT)
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
10. SHORT RECOIL.
Step 1. Improper gap space or worn, missing or broken bolt rings (1).
Evacuate to direct support maintenance if rings are worn, broken or missing {p 2-30).
Step 2. Partially plugged gas system because of carbon build up in gas tube.
Evacuate to direct support maintenance.
Step 3. Carbon buildup in the narrow passage of the bolt carrier key.
Clean with CLP {item 9, a fltp U) b r RBC (item 11, bpp U| . See operator's manual,
Step 4. Gas leakage caused by broken or loose gas tube (2) around front sight base (3).
Evacuate to direct support maintenance.
Step 5. Improper alignment of gas tube (2) and carrier key {4),
Refer to l oaae 2^241
Step 6. Loose carrier key (4).
Evacuate to direct support maintenance.
2-17
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
TROUBLESHOOTING (CONT)
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
11. WEAPON CANNOT BE ZEROED.
Step 1. Bent or bulged rifle barrel assembly (1).
Evacuate to direct support maintenance.
Step 2. Barrel assembly out of alignment with rear sight on upper receiver.
Evacuate to direct support maintenance.
Step 3. Corroded front sight post (2).
Disassemble, clean and lubricate (p 2-37).
Step 4. Corroded rear sight (3).
Clean and lubricate. Evacuate to direct support maintenance.
(D
01 »
2-1 8
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
TROUBLESHOOTING (CONT)
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
12. FAILURE TO CYCLE WITH SELECTOR LEVER SET ON AUTO.
Faulty selector lever (1 ).
Evacuate to direct support maintenance.
13. FIRES TWO ROUNDS WITH ONE PULL OF TRIGGER WITH SELECTOR LEVER (1) SET ON SEMI (DOUBLE FIRING).
Perform function test.
If any part of function test (p 2-53) fails, evacuate to direct support maintenance.
14. FIRES WITH SELECTOR LEVER (1) ON SAFE OR WHEN TRIGGER IS RELEASED WITH SELECTOR LEVER ON
SEMI.
Worn, broken, or missing parts of firing mechanism.
Evacuate to direct support maintenance
2-19
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
TROUBLESHOOTING (CONT)
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
15. BOLT FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER FIRING LAST ROUND
Step 1 . Magazine follower (1 ) worn or broken.
Replace magazine.
Step 2. Magazine spring (2) weak or broken.
Replace magazine.
Step 3. Magazine feeder lips (3) bent or broken,
Replace magazine.
Step 4. Magazine follower (1 ) binds during operation
Replace magazine.
Step 5. Broken bolt catch (4) and/or spring,
Evacuate to direct support maintenance.
2-20
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
Section V. DECONTAMINATION OF RIFLES AND ARMS ROOMS
2-10. DECONTAMINATION OF SIGHTS ACTIVATED WITH TRITIUM (MS).
a. Identification. Tritium sights will be marked with the assembly data and the radiation symbol and stamped H3, 9
mc .
b. Damage Determination. Evidence of a break in the glass container for the H3 will be a lack of illumination (assur-
ing the expiration data for the sight has not been exceeded). Radiation from the sight is extremely low and CANNOT
be detected with standard issue radiation detectors, i.e., AN/PDR-27.
c. Contamination. The tritium isotope used in the low light level sight Is in a gaseous state and will rapidly diffuse
into the atmosphere in the event of breakage. Very little residual contamination should be left on the rifle. All illumina-
tion will cease upon loss of H3 gas.
WARNING
Dry cleaning solvent is flammable and toxic and should be used in a well -ventilated area.
The use of rubber gloves is necessary to protect the skin when washing rifle parts.
d. Decontamination. When a broken sight is found, the sight MUST be removed and turned in for disposal in ac-
cordance with AR 385-1 1 . After removing the sight, the rifle should be cleaned with dry cleaning solvent {item 15,
laPD U ). Wear rubber gloves (item 16, boo DD and use a wash pan (Item 22. 1 aop 1 )) to apply solvent. Let dry, then
lubricate (p 2-22).
e. Requirements. Because its small volume of gas and its low energy of emitted radiation. H3 does not pose a
health hazard to the user. Current Army regulations NRG license conditions and Title 10, Code of Federal Regulations,
Part 20 require that the above actions be carried out.
2-11. DECONTAMINATION OF SIGHTS ACTIVATED WITH PROMETHIUM (PM 147).
NOTE
PM 147 is no longer available for issue and must be replaced. It is being replaced with
tritium (H3).
a. General. When a sight activated with promethium (PM 147) is found, the sight MUST be removed and turned in
for disposal in accordance with AR 385-1 1 . Contact the local RPO.
b. Identification. Promethium sights are marked with the assembly date, radiation symbol, and PM 147, 1 mc.
c. Decontamination. If a sight activated with promethium (PM 147) is found, conduct a survey under the direction
of the local RPO. Decontaminate as required in accordance with local procedures.
Section VI. MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES
2-12. INITIAL SETUP. The following will reduce the space required for the initial setup portion of the maintenance
procedures.
a. Materials Parts required are not listed unless they apply to the procedure.
b. Personnel Required is listed only if the task requires more than one person. If Personnel Required is not listed, it
means one person can do the job.
2-21
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
c. Do not scratch, etch or stamp numbers, letters or any other information on bolt, bolt carrier, buttstock or
other piece parts.
d. The normal standard equipment condition is that the item is removed from end item or next higher assembly
and is in the assembled condition. Equipment Condition is not listed unless some other condition is required.
e. The approximate time required is listed on the applicable Maintenance Allocation Chart (MAC).
f. When the term evacuate to direct support maintenance is used, the entire weapon must be evacuated.
NOTE
Solid Film Lubricant (SFL) is the authorized touch up for the M16/M16A1 Rifle and
may be used on up to one third of the exterior finish of the weapon.
FOR CONUS USE ONLY: Solid Film Lubricant may be used as a touch up without
limitation on the upper receiver and barrel assembly. This is to say that units which
DO NOT fall under the category of Divisional Combat Units or rapid deployment type
units may have up to 100% of the exterior surface of the Upper Receiver and Barrel
Assembly protected with SFL. Prior to application of SFL the surface must be
thoroughly clean and inspected for corrosion and/or damage. If corroded or
damaged, the part must be repaired or replaced prior to application of SFL. Continued
use under combat conditions would result in an unprotected surface when the SFL
wears off. This would result in a large light reflecting surface and accelerated
deterioration of the unprotected surface. Therefore, Divisional Combat Units and
units which fall under the definition of Rapid Deployment type must adhere to the
limitation of NOT over 1/3 of their exterior surface covered by SFL.
2-13. LUBRICATION GENERAL.
a. Whenever the term or instruction '"lubricate" is cited in this TM, it is to be Interpreted to mean CLP, (item 9,
I aPD D ). LSA (item 21 , laop U ^. or LAW (item 20, lapp PI ) can be utilized as applicable The following constraints
must be adhered to:
b. Under all but the coldest arctic conditions. LSA or CLP are the lubricants to use on the weapon Either may
be used at -10°F and above. However, do not use both on the same weapon at the same time.
c. LAW is the lubricant to use during cold arctic conditions, +10° F and below.
d. Any of the lubricants may be used from -10°F to +10°F.
n F
1 Ifl'^F
OLr
1 1 u r
-10°F
LAW
e. Do not mix lubricants on the same weapon. The weapon must be thoroughly cleaned during change from
one lubricant to another. Dry Cleaning Solvent (SD) (item 15, fepp Dl is recommended for cleaning during change
from one lubricant to another.
f. Rifle Bore Cleaner (RBC) (item 1 1 , App Dl may be used to remove carbon buildup in the bore and other
portions of the weapon.
2-22
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
2-14. MAJOR COMPONENTS OF M16/16A1 RIFLE
u
This task covers disassembly.
INITIAL SETUP
Applicable Configuration
M16/M16A1 Rifle
References
■ TM 9-1005-249-10 I foperator's manual)
Equipment Condition
Weapon assembled.
General Safety Instructions
Before starting an inspection, be sure to
clear the weapon. Do not keep live am-
munition near the work area.
To avoid injury to your eyes, use care when removing
and installing spring-loaded parts.
Before starting an inspection on a weapon equipped
with a low light level sight, check for damage to the
sight and decontaminate if required. See procedures
on rpage 2-211
Below direct support maintenance, do not interchange
bolt assemblies from one weapon to another. Doing
so may result in injury to, or death of, personnel.
DISASSEMBLY
a. Refer to operator's manual.
b. Remove cartridge magazine (1), small arms sling
(2), bolt carrier assembly (3), charging handle
assembly (4), upper receiver and barrel assembly
(5), from lower receiver and extension assembly
(6).
2-23
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
2-15. BOLT CARRIER ASSEMBLY.
This task covers:
a. Disassembly
b. Cleaning
c. Inspection/Repair
d. Lubrication
e. Reassembly
INITIAL SETUP
Applicable Configuration
M16/I\/I16A1 Rifle
Tools
Small Arms Repairman Tool Kit
SC 5180-95-CL-A07 (19204)
Key tool ifio E-3.1 boo Eft
Materials/Parts
Cleaner, lubricant and preservation (CLP)
{item 9, bpp DH
Cleaning compound, rifle bore (CLP)
(item 1 1 , App PI
Lubricating oil, weapons (LAW) (item 20, hpp n|i
Lubricating oil, weapons (LSA)(item 21 , fapp DD
Equipment Condition
Bolt carrier assembly removed
Reference
ITM 9-1QQ5-249-1Q~l (Operator's manual)
General Safety Instructions
Bolt cam pin must be installed or weapon will blow
up while firing in the first round. If the bolt cam pin
is not installed, injury to, or death of, personnel
may result.
Do not interchange bolt assemblies from one weapon
to another. Doing so may result in injury to, or
death of, personnel.
a. DISASSEMBLY
WARNING
Do not interchange bolt assemblies from
one weapon to another. Doing so may
result in injury to, or death of personnel.
CAUTION
Do not spread or close legs
of firing pin retaining pin (1).
1. Remove firing pin retaining pin (1). Lower rear
end of key and bolt carrier assembly (2) and
catch firing pin (3) as it drops out.
2. Rotate bolt cam pin (4) 1/4 turn and lift straight up to remove.
3. Remove bolt assembly (5) from key and bolt carrier assembly (2
NOTE
For disassembly of bolt assembly (5), se d page 2-29J
2-24
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
b. CLEANING
Clean all items (operator's manual). Remove carbon deposits using CLP or RBC.
c. INSPECrrON/REPAIR
I a 1 Inspect carrier key {1 ) for dents, distortion or looseness. If dented, straighten {see step 2 on next page). If
loose, evacuate to direct support maintenance.
(b) Inspect firing Pin (2), retaining pin (3), and cam pin (4) for cracks, mutilation, or excessive wear. Replace if
unserviceable.
(c) Inspect bolt assembly (5) for damage or excessive wear. See l pace 2-30 for repair procedures.
(d) Inspect firing pin (2) for breaks or if tip is mutilated. Evacuate to direct support maintenance if unserviceable.
Pits or wear in area illustrated (6) is permissible.
(e) Inspect key and bolt carrier assembly (7) for damage or wear. If unserviceable, evacuate to direct support
maintenance.
2-25
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
2-15. BOLT CARRIER ASSEMBLY (CONT).
c. INSPECTION/REPAIR (CONT)
EDGE OF BENCH
n n in
[ Mm I t un n y s t h n eit is H d y lin g th fo lln i^ g p lo c H y le lo n s ne th I Ih s liil '
in 9 Inc e is n t d iie MH lo Ih Hln Hn g s cm s a H Ih t th the p o itin is n t n ing t d
D r fhit d h r n d nig in i it q y iie n m t. S n I m ing e m e H « o y id p nn it io s s h p s p re s n le
i h n 1 h h I n d ; n I y h n n e t o g 1 1 h i d y i i n ; I n M i o n 1 1 p e n t i n .
Straighten small dents and/or distortions in carrier key (1 ) using fabricated key tool (8) as follows:
(a) Place the key and bolt carrier assembly (6) in a vertical position, supported in a manner that contact is made
with the rear surface of the carrier key (1).
(b) Insert the small end of the key tool (8) into the tube portion of the key.
(c) Strike the large end of the key tool (8) lightly with a 3-ounce, soft-brass hammer.
(d) Repeat striking (gently) until carrier key (1) is reformed to original configuration.
(e) If carrier key cannot be reformed to original configuration, evacuate to direct support maintenance.
2-26
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
d. LUBRICATION
Lubricate all items using CLP, LSA or LAW (p 2-22) or {operator's manual).
e. REASSEMBLY
1
WARNING
Do not interchange bolt assemblies from one weapon to another. Doing so may result
in injury to, or death of, personnel.
Bolt cam pin must be installed or weapon will blow up while firing the first round. If the
cam pin is not installed, injury to, or death of, personnel may result.
NOTE
Before installing bolt assembly, check to see that the ring gaps are staggered to prevent
loss of gas pressure.
(a) Install bolt assembly (1) in key and bolt carrier assembly (2).
(b) Install bolt cam pin (3} and rotate one quarter turn to secure bolt assembly (1).
2-27
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
2-15. BOLT CARRIER ASSEMBLY (CONTl,
e. REASSEMBLY (CONT)
NOTE
Firing pin retaining pin must be installed from the left side only.
(a) Hold key and bolt carrier assembly (2) in vertical position and drop firing pin in position.
(b) Install firing pin retaining pin (5) from left side only. Check proper installation by attempting to shake out firing
pin.
2 8
2-16. BOLT ASSEMBLY.
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIRFORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M 8370. 9
This task covers:
a. Disassembly
b. Cleaning
C. Inspection/Repair
INITIAL SETUP
Applicable Configuration
M16/M16AT Rifle
Tools
Small Arms Repairman Tool Kit
SC 5180-95-CL-A07 (19204}
Materials/parts
Cfeaner, lubricant and preservative (CLP)
(item 9. app D)
Cleaning compound, rifle bore (RBC)
(item 1 1, app D)
Lubricating oil, weapons (LAW) (item 20, app D}
Lubricating oil, weapons (LSA) (item 2 1, app D)
d. Lubrication
e. Reassembly
Reference
TIVl 9-1005-249-10 (Operator's manual)
Equipment Condition
Bolt carrier assembly removed
General Safety Instructions
Do not interchange bolt assemblies from one
weapon to another. Doing so may result in
injury to, or death of, personnel.
To avoid injury to your eyes, use care when
removing and installing spring-loaded parts.
a. DISASSEMBLY
1
NOTE
Do nol separate cartridge extractor and ex-
tractor spring assembly unless replacement
of either or both is required.
Do not remove the insert from the extractor
spring assembly.
(a) Push out extractor pin (1) using a 3/32 punch and remove cartridge extractor <2) and extractor spring
assembly (3) as a unit.
NOTE
There are two types of extractor springs. The earlier design does not contain an
insert The latest design contains an insert All old type extractor springs must be
replaced.
Do not remove extractor spring assembly from cartridge extractor unless either part
requires replacement
(b) If required, twist extractor spring assembly (3) counter-clockwise while gently pulling on it, to remove from
cartridge extractor (2). Do not remove/lose rubber insert from spring assembly.
2 9
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
2-16. BOLT ASSEMBLY (CONT)
a. DISASSEMBLY (CONT)
Ji-<D
CAUTION
Be sure to use vise jaw protective caps.
Hold bolt body in vise and remove spring pin (4} us-
ing punch and hammer.
^ WARNING
^^ To avoid injury to your eyes, use care when
removing and installing spring loaded parts.
^^fe^ I
\
\^\^ ® \
\
^^$S^Sc5v^ 1^^ \
^^^^J
\ ''k
®-^
\4
Remove punch, be sure to catch cartridge
ejector (5) and
ejector spring (6) to prevent loss.
b. CLEANING
CAUTION
Do not distort extractor pin or spring assembly during cleaning.
Clean all items (operator's manual). Remove carbon deposits with CLP or RBC.
c. INSPECTION/REPAIR
1. Check bolt rings (1} for proper spacing, (approximate-
ly 1/3 apart).
2. With retaining pin and cam pin removed from bolt
carrier assembly (2), check for worn bolt rings (1) as
follows: Insert bolt assembly (3) all the way in bolt
carrier. Turn bolt carrier downward as illustrated. If
bolt assembly falls out, rings are worn. Evacuate to
direct support maintenance.
3. Inspect for cracks, especially around cam pin hole
(4), and locking lugs (5).
4. Inspect extractor, extractor spring assembly, and ex-
tractor pin for cracks, breaks, chips, and other
damage. Pay close attention to extractor lip.
5. Inspect ejector and ejector spring for cracks, breaks,
and chips.
6. Replace all authorized unserviceable items.
7. Repairs not authorized at this level, evacuate to direct support maintenance.
8. The inspection of the worn bolt rings can be accomplished with the bolt assembled or disassembled.
KD
2-30
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
d. LUBRICATION
Lubricate all items with a light coat of CLP, LSA, or LAW (p 2-22).
e. REASSEMBLY
1
WARNING
To avoid injury to your eyes, use care when removing and installing spring-loaded parts.
Do not interchange bolt assemblies from one weapon to another. Doing so may result
in injury to, or death of, personnel.
CAUTION
Be sure to use vise jaw protective caps.
ja) Hold bolt body ID tn a vise and start spring pin (2) in hole.
(bl Install ejector spring j3) and cartridge ejector (4).
|c) Align groove on cartridge ejector (4) so that spring pin (2) can be installed.
la) Compress and hold ejector spring and cartridge ejector in place with a 3/8 inch punch. Install spring pin (2) us-
ing a hamrnero
(bl Complete installation of spring pin (2) so that the ends are flush with the outside of the bolt body <1).
2-31
aARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
2-16. BOLT ASSEMBLY (CONT).
e. REASSEMBLY (CONT)
NOTE
There are two types of extractor springs. The earlier design does not contain an
insert. The latest design (with an insert) is the only authorized repair part. All old type
extractor springs must be replaced.
NOTE
Do not disassemble rubber insert from spring assembly.
If exiractor spring was removed, insen large end of extractor spring assembly (5) into cartridge extractor (6) anc
seal by pushing and turning clockwise, until it is seated. \
(a) Position cartidge extractor (6) and extractor spring
assembly (5) on bolt body (1).
(b) Compress spring assembly (5) and cartridge ex-
tractor (6) to align holes.
(c) Install extractor pin (7) by hand.
2-32
ARMY TM 9-1 005-249-2WP
AIR FORCE TO 11 W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
2*17. CHARGING HANDLE ASSEMBLY.
This task covers;
a. DisassembSy
b. Cleaning
c. Inspection/Repair
d. Lubrication
e. Reassembly
INITIAL SETUP
Application Configuration
M16/IVn6A1 Rifle
Tools
Small Arms Repairman Tool Kit
SC 5l80-95.CbA07 (19204)
Materials/Parts
Cleaner, lubricant and preservative (CLP)
(item 9, app D)
Lubricating oil, weapons (LAW) (item 20, app D)
Lubricating oil, weapons (LSA) (item 21, app D)
References
TM 9-1005-249-10 (operator's manual)
Equipment Condition
Charging handle removed
WARNING
To avoid injury to eyes, use care when removing and installing spring-loaded parts.
1« Remove spring pin (1) from charging handle (2) using a hammer and 1/16 inch punch.
2. As punch is withdrawn, catch charging handle latch (3) and helical spring (4) to prevent loss.
2-33
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
2-17. CHARGING HANDLE ASSEMBLY (CONT).
b. CLEANING
Clean all items (operator's manual).
c. INSPECTION/REPAIR
Inspect all items for breaks, cracks, or mutilation. Replace all authorized unserviceable items.
d. LUBRICATION
Lubricate all items, with a light coat of CLP, LSA, or LAW (p 2-22) (operator's manual).
e. REASSEMBLY
1. Position helical spring (1) and charging handle latch
(2) in charging handle (3). Align holes and hold in
position.
2. Install spring pin [A] using a hammer. Make pin
flush.
2-34
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11 W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M837a9
2-18. UPPER RECEIVER AND BARREL ASSEMBLY (HANDGUARD ASSEMBLY).
This task covers:
a. Disassembly
b. Inspection/Repair
c. Reassembly
INrTIAL SETUP
AppHcabie Configuration
M16/M16A1 Rifle
Equipment Condition
Weapon assembled.
Reference
TM 9-1005-249-10 (operator's manual)
a. DISASSEMBLY
1
CAUTION
Do not use a screwdriver or any
other tool when removing the hand-
guards. Doing so may damage the
handguard and/or slip ring.
Do not remove heat shields from
handguards. Doing so will damage
the heatshield and the handguard
will have to be replaced.
NOTE
Refer to operator's manual for "buddy
system" procedure on removing handguards.
Push down on handguard slip ring (1) and lift
the handguard (2) up and out.
1
Push down on handguard slip ring (1) and lift the other
handguard (2) up and out.
^ r
Us
1
"1/ -.
'$
d
2-35
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
2-18. UPPER RECEIVER AND BARREL ASSEMBLY (HANDGUARD ASSEMBLY) (CONT).
b. INSPECTION/REPAIR
1. inspect handguard assembly for breaks,
separations, and cracks.
2. Breaks and separations of material which
prevent proper retention or interfere with
functioning of the weapon will be cause for
handguard rejection and replacement.
3. Cracks up to one inch in length are accept-
able provided they do not extend into the
handguard retaining flange (1) (critical area).
4. Each handguard assembly may have up to
two of the three front retaining tabs (2)
missmg. If all three front tabs are missing,
the handguard assembly must be replaced.
5. Replace severely cracked handguards. Handguards that have a heatshield loose enough to rattle when
installed on the rifle must be replaced.
c. REASSEMBLY
- NOTE
1 Refer to operator's manual for "buddy system'
procedure on Installing handguards.
Install top of handguard (T) in tube cap (2) while push-
ing down on handguard slip ring (3). Push bottom of
handguard (1) m place and release handguard slip ring
(3) to lock handguard in place.
(2 \ ^^^^,
i
1
1
V'^B
V? .
'^^
^J=SB5'=v^.— — t
D
''^lu'^j^lnlH L \
^^^ III 11^9 1 *^M
^^^ jfr^afr^^«i ■'21
2-36
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
2
P^
Install top of the other handguard (4) in handguard cap
{2) while pushing down on handguard slip ring (3). Push
bottom of handguard (4} in place and release handguard
slip ring (3) to lock both handguards in place.
4
i5
;
^-^^
2-19. UPPER RECEIVER AND BARREL ASSEMBLY.
This task covers:
a. Disassembly
b. Cleaning
c. Inspection
d. Repair
e. Lubrication
f. Reassembly
g. Mechanical Zero Procedures (A.F. only)
INITIAL SETUP
Application Configuration
M16/M16A1 Rifle
Tools
Front sight post and low light level front sight
post removal/installation tool (fig E-1, app E)
Small Arms Repairman Tool Kit SO 5180-95-CL-
A07 (19204)
Materials/Parts
Cleaner, lubricant and preservative (CLP) (item
9, app D)
Cleaning compound, rifle bore (RBC) (item 11,
app D)
Lubricating oil, weapons LAW (item 20, app D)
Lubricating oil, weapons LSA (item 21, app D)
Reference
TM 9-1005-249-10 (operator's manual}
Equipment condition
Handguards removed.
Upper receiver and barrel assembly removed
from lower receiver.
General Safety Instructions
To avoid injury to your eyes, use care when remov-
ing and installing spring-loaded parts.
When using solid film lubricant or dichloromethane,
be sure the area is well ventilated.
4.4
Barrel assembly may be equipped with a low light
level sight. The low light level sight contains
radioactive material. If so equipped, do not insert
metal objects into the post slot or otherwise treat
roughly to cause breakage of the radioactive
element.
2-37
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
2-19. UPPER RECEIVER AND BARREL ASSEMBLY (CONT).
a. DISASSEMBLY
1
ELEMENT SEEN
FROM 2 SIDES ONLY
RADIOACTIVE
CONTENT
9MC
DATE OF
MANUFACTURE
LUMINOUS
MATERIAL
H3 FOR TRITIUM
RADIATION
SYMBOL
STANDARD FRONT
SIGHT POST
FRONT LOW LIGHT LEVEL
POST ASSEMBLY
Prior to disassembly, inspect upper receiver and barrel assembly to determine type of front sight installed, standard
or !ow light level. If a radioactive low light level sight is installed and if it has been damaged, see warning page and
Chapter 2,1 Section V.
FRONT SIGHT POST AND LOW
LIGHT LEVEL FRONT SIGHT
POST REMOVING
AND INSTALLATION
TOOL
FRONT LOW LIGHT LEVEL
POST ASSEMBLY
WARNING
If weapon is equipped with lo w ligh t level
front post assembly, see paqe l 4-2 f or usable
life and maintenance.
To avoid injury to your eyes, use care when
removing and installing spring-loaded parts.
Remove front sight post (1) using appropriate end of
fabricated tool.
2-38
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
0— d
Catch front sight detent (2) and helical spring
(3) to prevent loss.
NOTE
Disassemble swivel only if repair is necessary.
If necessary, knock out rivet (4) with a hammer
and punch and remove swivel (5). Discard rivet (4).
•^— ®
NOTE
Do not disassemble further unless repair is necessary. EjecUon port cover pin (7)
may bind against the forward assist housing on the M16A1 rifle and require some
additional force to remove.
(a) Using tvi^o flat tip screwdrivers, remove retaining ring (6) and slide ejection port cover pin (7) out to the rear.
(b) Catch helical spring (8) and ejection port cover (9) to prevent loss.
2-39
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 1 1W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTIIMSTM8370.9
2-19. UPPER RECEIVER AND BARREL ASSEMBLY (CONT).
b. CLEANING
Clean all items with CLP or RBC (operator's manuall
c. INSPECTION
1
(a)
Inspect front sight base for chips, breaks and cracks. If damaged, evacuate to support maintenance.
(b)
Inspect low light level sight (if installed) for broken sights and loss of illumination.
(cl
Inspect all parts for serviceability.
(a) Inspect barrel for pits, dirt and rust in bore, burrs, broken or worn locking lugs, and surface cracks and defects,
ACCEPTABLE
NOT ACCEPTABLE
(1) Pits no wider than a land or groove and 3/8 inch or less in length are allowable in the bore.
(2) Lands that appear dark due to coating of gilding metal from projectiles are allowable.
(3) Stripping of lands and grooves shall not be cause for rejection unless so determined by barrel erosion gage.
(b) Inspect chamber for pitting. Fine pits, or fine pits in a densely pitted area, are allowable. Pits 1/8 inch in length
are cause for rejection.
<c) Inspect bore for ringing. Definitely ringed bores or bores ringed sufficiently to bulge the outside surface of the
barrel are causes for rejection.
(d) If the barrel is rejected in accordance with the above criteria, evacuate to support maintenance.
.2-40
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
d. REPAIR
For touch up of M16/M16A1 Rifle, see
page 2-22.
Replace all authorized unserviceable parts. If repair
tenance.
is not authorized at this level, evacuate to direct support main-
e. LUBRICATION
Lubricate all items with a light coat of CLP, LSA, or LAW (p 2-22) or operator's manual.
f. REASSEMBLY
1
(a) If previously disassembled, position cover (1) and spring (21 on upper receiver (3) with short leg of spring to
the rear pointing up toward top of receiver.
NOTE
Legs of spring must be positioned and pretensioned before the pin is installed.
(b) Hold spring (2) short leg in this position and turn long leg 1/2 turn clockwise <as viewed from front of receiver
(3)) to increase spring tension.
Cc) Position long leg of spring (2) to be on inside of cover (1) when it is closed. Hold spring and cover in this posi-
tion and install pin {4) and retaining ring (5).
2-41
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
2-19. UPPER RECEIVER AND BARREL ASSEMBLY (CONT).
f. REASSEMBLY (CONT)
If previously disassembled, position sling swivel (6)
and install new tubular rivet (7) using center punch
and hammer to spread and flare the hollow head of
the tubular rivet.
Install helical spring (8). Position and depress front
sight detent (9) with punch.
Install front sight post (10) using
appropriate end of fabricated tool.
FRONT SIGHT POST AND
LOW LIGHT LEVEL FRONT
SIGHT POST REMOVING
AND INSTALLATION TOOL
DEPRESS
DETENT
2-42
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
g. MECHANICAL ZERO PROCEDURES
Mark a piece of plastic card stocl< or rigid paper with
lines from 1 to 5mm in 1 mm increments. Set the card
on the front sight frame and check the height of the top
of the front sight post.
Adjust the front sight so the top of the front sight post
is 5mm above the machined surfaces of the front sight
frame.
2 -1 3
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
2-19. UPPER RECEIVER AND BARREL ASSEMBLY (CONT)
g. MECHANICAL ZERO PROCEDURES (CONT)
Visually check the front sight post top height by using the marked plastic or paper card. Card must set level on the
machined surfaces of the front sight frame to obtain an accurate reading.
NOTE: Procedure will give an approximate battle sight zero to most Ml 6 rifles. Once the above steps are com-
pleted, the rifle will be mechanically zeroed for 250 meters using the unmarked or short-range aperture and at 375
meters using the "L" or long-range aperture. The above steps can also be used before firing a new or newly
assigned rifle. Use the procedure to check rifles stored in preferred packaging during routine inspections. This will
help ensure people armed with the rifles will stand a better chance of hitting an enemy if the rifles must be used
before a live fire zero can be made. Whenever possible, zeroing of the rifle should be accomplished using ball am-
munition on a 25 meter zeroing target using the "L" aperture.
2-44
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
2-20. LOWER RECEIVER AND EXTENSION ASSEMBLY.
This tasks covers:
a. Disassembly
b. Cleaning
c. Inspection
d. Repair
0. Lubrication
f. Reassembly
INITIAL SETUP
Applicable Configuration
iVi16/M16A1 Rifle
Tools
Small Arms Repairman Tool Kit
SC 5180=95"CL=A07 (1 92041
Pivot Pin Removing Tool Ifig E"2,llapp E!
Pivot Pin Installation Tool |(fig E-5,japp El
Materials/parts
Cleaner, l ubricant and preservative (CLP) (item 9
app D}
Lubricant, solid film (SLF) (item 19 j app Dj
Lubricating oil, weapons (LAW) (item 2 0,1 app D
Reference
TM 9-1005-249-10 (operator's manual)
Equipment Condition
Lower receiver and extension assembly removed.
General Safety Instructions
To avoid injury to your eyes, use care when remov-
ing and installing spring-loaded parts.
Lubricating oil. weapons (LSAI (item 21, app D)
Screw, Self-Locking (Butt=Cap Screw) (item 28,
pg C-10)
a. DISASSEMBLY
1
Using flat tip screwdriver, reach inside rifle grip and
remove screw (1) and lock washer (2).
WARNING
To avoid injury to your eyes, use care
when removing and installing spring-
loaded parts.
Carefully remove rifle grip (3) and catch helical spring
(4) and safety detent (5) to prevent loss.
2-45
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
2-20. LOWER RECEIVER AND EXTENSION ASSEMBLY (CONT)
a. DISASSEMBLY (CONT)
NOTE
The butt cap screw is a self -locking screw.
Due to the critical nature of the parts con-
cerned, if the butt cap screw is removed,
it must be discarded and replaced with a
new one.
Remove butt cap screw (6).
WARNING
To avoid injury to your eyes, use care
when removing and installing spring-
loaded parts.
Remove buttstock assembly (7) carefully and catch
helical spring (8), detent (9), takedown pin (10), and
stepped spacer (11) to prevent loss.
WARNING
To avoid injury to your eyes, use care
when removing and installing spring-
loaded parts.
Insert fabricated pivot pin removing tool (12) to com
press detent. Turn pivot pin (13) a quarter-turn.
Remove tool and pin.
NOTE
Catch detent and spring as pivot pin is
removed (see step 6 on next page).
2-46
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
Be sure to hold cupped hand in front of detent (141 and
helical spring (15) to prevent loss of detent and spring.
WARMING
To avoid injury to your eyes, ust
7 when removing and installing spring-
loaded parts.
NOTE
Make sure the hammer is cocked and the
selector level is not set on AUTO before
removing the buffer assembly.
Press buffer assembly 06) in. Using screwdriver,
depress buffer retainer (17) and release buffer
assembiy 06) and action spring (18K Rennove
buffer assembly f16| and action spring (18) from
receiver while depressing retainer (17).
NOTE
Early type buffer assembly (19) must
be replaced.
PRESS BUFFER ASSEMBLY
IN ABOUT 1/4 INCH
I DEPRESS BUFFER
I RETAINER
b. CLEANING
Clean all items (operator's manual).
c. INSPECTION
inspect buffer assembly (1 , 2, or 3) for cracks or damage.
(a) Some old buffers (1) have a hole with pin installed which
protFudes equally on each side approximately 1/32 inch.
(b) Some buffers (2) have a hole in the housing but no pin.
(cl New buffers (3) do not have a hole in buffer body or a pin.
All configurations (1, 2, or 3| may be utilized. However, if
cracked or damaged, replace.
2-47
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
2-20. LOWER RECEIVER AND EXTENSION ASSEMBLY (CONT),
c. INSPECTION (CONT)
Check free length of action spring (4). The free length
must be between 1 1 3/4 inches minimum and 13 1/2
inches maximum. Do not attempt to adjust spring
length.
FREE LENGTH
(a) Inspect lower receiver (5) (without further
disassembly) for leglbilitv of serial number. If the
serial number is hard to read, notify direct support
maintenance.
NOTE
Only direct support maintenance is
authorized to restamp the serial number.
ib) Check lower receiver extension (6) for looseness
and corrosion. If loose, evacuate to direct support
maintenance. If corroded, clean area and touch up
with solid film lubricant.
(c) Inspect for missing or damaged parts. Inspect
finish of lower receiver for shiny spots. Touch up
with solid film lubricant as required.
(d) Visually inspect all other parts for unserviceable or missing parts. Replace defective or missing parts,
d. REPAIR
For touch up of M16/M16A1 Rifle, use SFL (see p 2-22).
Replace all authorized unserviceable parts. If repair is not authorized at this level
evacuate to direct support
maintenance.
e. LUBRICATION
Lubricate all metal components with a light coat of CLP, LSA, or LAW (p 2-221 (operator's manual).
2-48
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
f. REASSEMBLY
1
WARNING
To avoid injury to your eyes, use care when removing and installing spring-loaded
parts.
NOTE
Make sure the hammer is cocked and the selector level is not on AUTO before in-
stalling the buffer assembly.
Press action spring (1) and buffer assembly (2) in until retainer (3) snaps up and holds them in place.
Install pivot pin installation tool (4). Insert helical spring (5) and detent (6). Compress detent in recess with punch
and rotate tool
2-49
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
2-20. LOWER RECEIVER AND EXTENSION ASSEMBLY (CONT)
f. REASSEMBLY (CONT)
NOTE
Rounded end of detent must be in the groove
of the pivot pin (7) when assembly is complete.
Position pivot pin (7) to keep detent depressed wh
removing fabricated pivot pin removing tool (6). Slide pin
(7) into hole. Rotate pin and receive detent.
CAUTION
Do not kink the detent spring (10) during assembly.
NOTE
Pointed end of detent (9) must be in the groove of takedown pin (8) when assembly Is
complete.
(a) Install takedown pin (8) with groove toward the rear. Install detent (9) and spring (10) from the rear.
NOTE
Stepped spacer (11) and butt-cap screw (14) PN 93491 28 are required when using 10.103
inch long buttstock PN 93491 21 . When using old 9.478 in. long buttstock PN 8448651 ,
stepped spacer (11) is not required but butt cap screw PN 8448627, NSN
1005-00-992-6657. is required.
(b) Install spacer (111 on receiver extension (12) and carefully slide buttstock assembly (13) on to compressed
helical spring (10).
NOTE
Installing the buttstock assembly is easier if the lower receiver is held in a vertical posi-
tion with the end of the lower extension pointed up.
2-50
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
NOTE
The butt cap screw (14) is a self -locking screw, and if removed, it must be discard-
ed and replaced with a new one.
Secure buttstock assembly (13) in place with a new butt cap screw (14) as follows:
Tighten the screw until the tapered screw head
has seated under normal pressure and resistance is
felt.
Tighten screw an additional quarter turn, if butt cap
screw continues to loosen under use, it should be
replaced with a new one.
WARNING
When utilizing the enhanced rifle grip (it has a bump between the second and third
finger for a better grip) PN 9349127, rifle grip screw, PN AN501D416-18 (1-1/8
In.) or AN501D416-16 (1 in.) are the authorized screws to be used with the
enhanced grip. Any screw longer than 1-1/8 in. used with 9349127, could cause a
hazardous situation. Also, ensure the washer is in place.
(a) Install detent (15), pointed end first, and spring (161 into bottom of lower receiver (17).
NOTE
A portion of the spring will fit in a hole in the rifle grip.
(b) Carefully install rifle grip (18| to compress spring (16). Secure grip (18) in place with lockwasher (19) and
screw (20).
2-51
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
2-21. BUTTSTOCK ASSEMBLY.
This task covers:
a. Disassembly
b. Cleaning
c. Inspection
d. Repair
e. Lubrication
f. Reassembly
INITIAL SETUP
Application Configuration
M16/M16A1 Rifle
Tools
Small Arms Repairman Tool Kit
SC 5180-95-CL-A07 (19204)
Materials/Parts
Cleaner, lubricant and preservative (CLP)
(item 9, app D)
Lubricating oil, vweapons (LAW) (item 20 app D)
Lubricating oil, weapons (LSA) (item 2 1,|app U)
Equipment Condition
Lower receiver and extension assembly removed
buttstock assembly removed.
a. DISASSEMBLY
1
Using screwdriver, remove self-locking screw (1),
rear sling swivel (2) and butt plate group (3) from
buttstock [A]
NOTE
The buttstock assembly may utilize a
buttstock (4) which is 10.103 inches long
(PN 9349126) or 9.478 inches long (PN
84486S4). See note on page 2-46 in reas-
sembly for buttstock assembly part usage.
DOOR ASSEMBLY
(LIFT OUT)
Push down on plunger (5) with screwdriver and lift
door assembly (6) out of butt plate (7)
2-52
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
Remove straight pin (8) and separate hinge (9) and
door assembly (61.
b. CLEANING
Clean all items.
c. INSPECTION
Inspect buttstock assembly for dents, cracks, and chips. Check for
breaks and separation of material which could prevent proper func-
tioning of v^eapon.
CRITICAL AREA
(SHADED)
Under the follow/ing conditions, hairline cracks originating from buttplate end of buttstock are acceptable. No
chipped away material is allowed.
ID One hairline crack, not to exceed one inch in length, per side of buttstock.
(2J Two additional hairline cracks up to .22 inch in length, per side of buttstock.
13) A total of three cracks per side of buttstock, originating from buttplate end, are allowable.
Buttstocks with unauthorized markings stamped into their surfaces will be replaced. Unauthorized markings,
scratched, etched, carved, etc, are acceptable if they do not extend into the fiber of the buttstock which may
weaken it. These marks may lie at any location on the buttstock.
Cracks in the critical area at the front end of the buttstock are not acceptable and these buttstocks must be
replaced.
Visually inspect all other parts for unserviceable or missing parts. Replace defective or missing parts.
2-53
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
2-21. BUTTSTOCK ASSEMBLY (CONT),
d. REPAIR
Replace all authorized unserviceable items. Unserviceable items are those items which are damaged.
e. LUBRICATION
Lubricate all metal components with CLP, LSA, or LAW (p 2-22).
f. REASSEMBLY
1
Position hinge (1) on door assembly (2) and install
straight, pin (3).
2
Install door assennbly (2) into butt plate (4) and
press plunger (5) to lock.
/ .
k\
\\ \ v
W .A.^^5^^Ul
^^^^^^^^
d) ^^"^^i^
©
Position butt plate group (6) and rear siing swivel
(7) to the buttstock (8) and secure with self-locking
screw (9).
NOTE
See l page 2-50J reassembly, for reassem-
bly of buttstock assembly to lower re
ceiver. 10.103 inches long (PN 9349126)
9.478 inches long (PN 8448654)
2-54
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
2 22. MAJOR COMPONENTS OF M16/M16A1 RIFLE.
This task covers:
a. Reassembly
G. Stowage
b. Inspection
INITIAL SETUP
Applicablo Configuration
General Safety Instructions
M16/M16A1 Rifle
To avoid injury to eyes, use care when removing
and installing spring-loaded parts.
Reference
Do not interchange bolt assemblies from one
TM 9-1005-249-10 (operator's manual)
weapon to another. Doing so may result in injury
to, or death of, personnel.
Equipment Condition
Do not keep live ammunition near the work area.
Weapon disassembled into major components
a. REASSEMBLY
NOTE
Only direct support maintenance is authorized to restamp the serial number.
Refer to operator's manual and install lower receiver and extension assembly (1), upper receiver and barrel assem-
bly 12), charging handle assembly (31, bolt carrier assembly (4), small arms sling (5), and cartridge magazine (6).
2-55
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
2-22. MAJOR COMPONENTS OF M16/M16A1 RIFLE (CONT),
b. INSPECTION
Perform the following function tests on assembled weapon:
1. Remove magazine if installed. Pull charging handle assembly to rear. Check that chamber is clear. Let bolt and
bolt carrier close. Leave hammer in cocked position. Do not pull trigger.
WARNING
If weapon fails any of the following selector lever tests, continued use of the
weapon could result in injury to, or death of, personnel.
2. Place selector lever in SAFE position and pull trigger. Hammer should not fall.
3. Place selector lever in SEMI position. Pull trigger. Hammer should fall.
NOTE
For the purpose of the following test "SLOW" is defined as 1/4 to 1/2 the normal
rate of the trigger release:
4. Hold trigger to the rear, charge weapon, and release the trigger with a slow, smooth motion, without hesita-
tions or stops, until the trigger is fully forward (an audible click should be heard). Hammer should not fall.
5. Repeat the above selector lever SEMt position test five times. The weapon must not malfunction during any of
these five tests. If the weapon malfunctions during any of these five tests, evacuate it to direct support
maintenance for repair.
6. Place selector lever in AUTO position. Charge weapon and pull trigger. Hammer should fall.
7. Hold trigger to the rear, charge weapon, and release trigger. Pull trigger. Hammer should not fall. Automatic
sear should have released hammer while holding trigger in the pulled position before releasing and pulling the
trigger.
8. With hammer in the forward position, attempt to place the selector lever in SAFE position. If the selector lever
can be placed on SAFE by finger/thumb pressure, evacuate the rifle to direct support maintenance for repair.
9. If weapon fails any of the above tests, evacuate to direct support.
c. STOWAGE
Prior to stowing the rifle in arms room, perform the following procedures:
1. Clear. Refer to operator's manual.
2. Place selector lever in SEMI position.
3. Pull trigger. Hammer should fall.
4. Close ejection port (dust) cover.
5. Place rifle in rack.
2-56
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
CHAPTER 3
DIRECT SUPPORT MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS
CHAPTER OVERVIEW
IChapter 3 I contains information and instructions to help keep the weapon In good repair. This chapter contains:
a. Repair Parts, Special Tools, TMDE, and Support Equipment
b. Service Upon Receipt
c. Troubleshooting
d. Decontamination of Rifles and Shop Area
e. Maintenance Procedures for the M16 and M16A1 Rifle
f. Preembarkation Inspection of Materiel in Units Alerted for Overseas Movement
Section I. REPAIR PARTS, SPECIAL TOOLS, TMDE, AND SUPPORT EQUIPMENT
3-1. COMMON TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT. For authorized common tools and equipment refer to the Modified Table of
Organization and Equipment (MTOE) applicable to your unit. Air Force and Coast Guard users must maintain the fol-
lowing common tools:
Flat tip screwdriver
Socket wrench handle and
socket head screw socket
wrench
Vise jaw caps
Machinist's vise
Solid center punch
Hammer
Combination wrench
(2) eight-inch adjustable
wrenches
Flat file
Ballpeen hammer
Trigger Pull Test Fixture
Rod & Weights
5/64-Inch drive pin punch
Retaining ring pliers
1 /8-inch drive pin punch
Torque wrench
1 /1 6-inch drive pin punch
3/32-1 nch drive pin punch
I
3-2. SPECIAL TOOLS, TMDE, AND SUPPORT EQUIPMENT. Special tools required for direct support are listed in ap-
I pendix "c] and fabricated tools are listed and illustrated ir i appendix El
3-3. REPAIR PARTS. Repair parts are listed and illustrated in l appendix CI
NOTE
Bolt assemblies and/or barrel assemblies may be interchanged at the Direct Support
Maintenance level from one rifle to another, under the provisions of the note at the bot-
tom o > page 3-39L If these parts are interchanged, the weapon must be checked/inspected
as depicted in | paragraph 3-1 o7| 3-11, and 3-13. While performing these checks/inspec-
tions pay special attention to the headspace requirements depicted on I pages 3-381 and
3-39.
Section II. SERVICE UPON RECEIPT
3-4. GENERAL.
a. Inspect the weapon for damage incurred during shipment. If the equipment has been damaged, report the dam-
age on SF Form 364, Report of Discrepancy (ROD).
b. Check the weapon against the packing slip to see if the shipment is complete. Report all discrepancies In accord-
ance with the instructions in DA PAM 738-750.
c. Check to see whether the equipment has been modified.
d. Check to see if all MWOs have been applied.
3-1
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
3-5. SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIEL. Refer to the following table.
SERVICE UPON RECEIPT - M16/M16A1 RIFLE
LOCATION
ITEM
ACTION
REMARKS
M16, M16A1 Rifle
Charging handle
Clear the weapon.
Refer to TM 9-1005-
249-10 (Operator's
Manual)
WARNJNa
To avoid injury to eye, use care when removing and installing spring-loaded parts
Remove.
Bolt carrier assembly
and bolt assembly
All components
Bolt carrier assembly
and bolt assembly
Cartridge magazine
Visually inspect for proper assem-
bly, damage, or for missing parts.
Clean and lubricate (see p 2-22).
Reassemble.
Hand function to assure proper
operation.
Insert empty magazine and pull
the bolt to the rear. Check maga-
zine for positive retention, and
check functioning of bolt catch by
assuring that bolt locks to the rear
with empty magazine inserted.
Refer to Operator's
Manual
Refer to Operator's
Manual
Refer to Operator's
Manual
Refer to Operator's
Manual
Section III. TROUBLESHOOTING
3-6. GENERAL.
a. This section contains troubleshooting information for locating and correcting most of the operating troubles which
may develop in the 5.56mm Rifle M16 and M16A1. Each malfunction for the individual component, unit, or system is
followed by a list of tests or inspections which will help you to determine the corrective actions to take. You should
perform the tests/inspections and corrective actions in the order listed.
b. This manual cannot list ail malfunctions that may occur, nor all tests or inspections and corrective actions. If a
malfunction is not listed or is not corrected by listed corrective actions, see individual repair sections for maintenance
instructions on each major assembly.
3-7. TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES. Refer to troubleshooting table for malfunctions, tests, and corrective ac-
tions. The symptom index is provided for a quick reference of symptoms covered in the table.
3-2
ARMY TM 9-1005- 249-2 3&P
AIR FORCE TO 11V F3^ 5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
SYMPTOM INDEX
Troubleshooting
Procedures
Page
Failure of magazine to lock in weapon i 3-41
Fail ure to feed | 3-41
Failure to ciiamber i 3-41
Failure to lock i 3-41
Failure to fire | 3-51
Failure to unlock | 3-51
Failure to extract | 3-61
Failure to eject 13-61
Failure to cock 13-61
Short recoil HTTI
Weapon cannot be zeroed 13-81
Failure to cycle with selector lever set on AUTO 13-81
Fires when trigger is released with selector lever on SEMI, or fires two or more rounds in
SEMI selector position (Doubling) 13-91
Fires with selector lever on SAFE |3-9|
Bolt fails to lock to rear after firing last round 13-91
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
TROUBLESHOOTING
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. FAILURE OF MAGAZINE TO LOCK IN WEAPON.
Step 1. Dirty or corroded magazine catch (1).
Disassemble and clean.
Step 2. Defective magazine catch spring (2).
Replace spring (2).
Step 3. Worn or broken magazine catch (1).
Replace magazine catch (1).
2. FAILURE TO FEED.
Step 1. Magazine catch spring (1 ) weak or broken.
Replace magazine catch spring (1).
Step 2. Magazine catch (2) broken or defective.
Replace magazine catch (2).
Step 3. Short recoil.
Refer to l page 3n
3. FAILURE TO CHAMBER.
Obstruction in bore/chamber.
Remove obstruction. If unable to remove obstruction, rebarrel
4. FAILURE TO LOCK.
Step 1. Damaged bolt carrier key (1).
Repair or replace bolt carrier key (1) and check alignment.
Step 2. Loose screws (2) on bolt carrier key (1).
{p. 3-28).
Disassemble and repair (p 3-19).
Reassemble using new screws.
Step 3. Bent gas tube (3)
Adjust by bending tube in area of handguards.
Replace gas tube (3) and check alignment.
3-4
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
TROUBLSHOOTING (CONT)
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
5. FAILURE TO FIRE.
Step 1. Broken hammer (1).
Replace hammer (1).
Step 2. Weak or broken hammer spring (2).
Replace spring (2).
Step 3. Hammer spring (2) improperly assembled.
Reassemble correctly (p 3-62).
Step 4. Selector lever (3) frozen on SAFE position.
Disassemble and clean.
step 5. Broken firing pin (4) or firing pin does not
meet gage protrusion requirement.
Replace.
Step 6. Damaged, dirty, or corroded spring (5) and
detent (6).
Clean and/or replace if necessary.
6. FAILURE TO UNLOCK.
Step 1. Burred locking lugs (1) cm bolt assembly (2).
Remove burrs.
Step 2. Burred locking lugs (3) on barrel extension.
Remove burrs.
Step 3. See short recoil (p 3-70.
Step 4. Broken bolt assembly (2).
Replace bolt assembly (2).
3-5
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
TROUBLESHOOTING (CONT)
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
7. FAILURE TO EXTRACT.
Badly pitted chamber (1).
Replace rifle barrel assembly.
8. FAILURE TO EJECT.
See short recoil (p 3-7).
9. FAILURE TO COCK.
Step 1. Worn or broken trigger nose (1) or
trigger spring (2).
Replace trigger (3) or defective
trigger spring (2).
Step 2. Worn or broken hammer trigger notch
(4)
Replace hammer (5).
Step 3. Worn or broken hammer disconnector
hook (6).
Replace hammer (5).
Step 4. Worn or broken hammer automatic
sear hook (7).
Replace hammer (5].
Step 5. Worn or broken disconnector hook (8).
Replace disconnector (9).
Step 6. Weak broken, or missing trigger
spring (10)
Replace spring (10).
Step 7. Worn, broken, or missing automatic
sear(1 1 ).
Replace automatic sear (11)
Step 8. Weak or broken automatic sear spring
(1 2).
Replace automatic sear (11).
Step 9. Automatic sear spring (12) incorrectly
assembled in receiver.
Remove automatic sear assembly (11
and install correctly (p 3-59).
3-6
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
TROUBLESHOOTING {CONT]
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
10. SHORT RECOIL.
Step 1. Improper gap, space or worn, missing, or broken bolt rings (1).
Replace bolt rings and stagger gaps.
Step 2, Broken or bent gas tube (2).
Adjust by bending in area of handguards or replace gas tube.
1
Step 3. Gas tube spring pin (3) missing from front sight (4).
Replace spring pin (3).
Step 4. Partially plugged gas system because of carbon buildup in the gas tube (2).
Replaee gas tube |2),
d^^-^fW^;,^
WARNING
When using PC-1 1 1, avoid skin contact. If h comes in contact with the skin, wash
off thoroyghiy with running water. Using a good lanolin base cream after exposure
is helpful. Using rubber gloves is recommended. /^
Step 5. Carbon busfdyp m barrel gas port 15). ^-
Remove carbon buildup by soaking
m P-C-1 1 1 (item 8 J app D)) Wea r
rubber gloves (item 16j app DK
3-7
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
TROUBLESHOOTING (CONT)
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
11. WEAPON CANNOT BE ZEROED
Step 1. Bent or bulged rifle barrel (1).
Replace rifle barrel
assembly (1 ).
Step 2. Barrel assembly out of alignment with rear sight on upper receiver
Align barrel and upper receiver (p 3-33).
Step 3. Corroded front (2) or rear (3) sights.
Disassemble, clean, and lubricate.
(7)- ^
( 3y™™""- — --**'^^
12. FAILURE TO CYCLE WITH SELECTOR LEVER SET ON AUTO
Step 1. Broken automatic sear (1) or spring (2)
Replace automatic sear assembly (1).
Step 2. Faulty selector lever (3).
Replace selector lever (3)
Step 3. Short recoil.
See malfunction 11.
dX^^
3-8
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
TROUBLESHOOTING (CONT)
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
13. FIRES WHEN TRIGGER IS RELEASED WITH SELECTOR LEVER ON SEMI, OR FIRES TWO OR MORE ROUNDS IN
SEMI SELECTOR POSITION (DOUBLING).
Step 1. Defective disconnector (1).
Replace disconnector (1).
step 2. Worn or broken hammer trigger notch (2).
Worn or broken hammer disconnector notch (3).
Replace firing hammer (4).
step 3. Worn or broken trigger nose (5).
Replace trigger (6).
Step 4. Worn trigger or hammer pin hole. Gage trigger and hammer pin holes.
If gage 12006472 enters any of the four holes, replace weapon (p 3-57).
14. FIRES WITH SELECTOR LEVER ON SAFE.
Step 1. Defective selector lever (1).
Replace selector lever (1).
Step 2. Worn or broken trigger (rear portion (2).
Replace trigger (3).
15. BOLT FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER FIRING LAST ROUND.
Step 1. Broken bolt catch (1).
Replace bolt catch (1).
Step 2. Weak or broken bolt catch spring (2).
Replace bolt catch spring (2).
Step 3. Restricted movement of bolt catch (1).
Disassemble and clean.
Section IV. DECONTAMINATION OF RIFLES AND SHOP AREA
3-8. DECONTAMINATION OF SIGHTS ACTIVATED WITH TRITIUM (H3). Refer t FOTapteFl Section V for procedures.
3-9
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
Section V. MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES FOR THE M16 AND M16A1 RIFLE
3-9. MAJOR COMPONENTS OF M16 AND M16A1 RIFLE.
This task covers disassembly.
INITIAL SETUP
Applicable Configuration
M16/M16A1 Rifle
Tools
Small Arms Repairman Tool Kit
SC 51 80-95-CL-A07 (1 9204)
Reference
TM 9-1005 ^_9_^1_ 0_ (operator's manual)
Equipment Condition
Weapon assembled
General Safety Instructions
Before starting an inspection, be sure to clear the
weapon. Do not actuate the trigger until the rifle
has been cleared.
Inspect the chamber to ensure that it is empty and no
ammunition is in position to be chambered. Do not
keep live ammunition near work area.
WARNING
A^4
Before starting an inspection on a weapon equipped
with a low light level sight, check for damage to
i tho l ow li g ht level sight. See procedures listed on
page 2-21.
DISASSEMBLY
a. Refer to TM 9-1005-249-10.
b. Remove cartridge magazine (1), small arms
sling (2), bolt carrier assembly (3), charging
handle (41, upper receiver and barrel
assembly (5), and lower receiver and exten-
sion assembly (6).
M16A1
3-10
3-10. BOLT CARRIER ASSEMBLY.
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
This task covers:
a. Disassembly
d. Repair
b. Inspection
e. Reassembly
c. Test
INITIAL SETUP
Applicable Configuration
Materials/Parts
M16/M16A1 Rifle
Test Equipment
Cleaner, lubricant and preservative (CLP)
(item 9,
lapp V^
Lubricating oil, weapons (LAW) (item 20,
kpp Db
Tool and Gage Set 8426685
Lubricating oil, weapons (LSA) (item 21,
bDD Db
Tools
Small Arms Repairman
Tool Kit
Equipment Condition
SC 5180-95-CL-A07
(19204)
Page Condition Description
3-10 Bolt carrier assembly removed
a. DISASSEMBLY
1. Remove firing pin retaining pin (1).
2. Tip key and bolt carrier assembly (2) allow-
ing firing pin (3) to drop out. Catch the fir-
ing pin.
3. Rotate bolt cam pin (4) 1/4 turn and lift
straight up to remove.
4. Remove bolt assembly (5) from key and bolt
carrier assembly (2).
3-11
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
3-10. BOLT CARRIER ASSEMBLY (CONT).
b. INSPECTION
[i I In p e c 1 h II c ai [ In nut \\] [\] fn h ns , na c t s ,
r n \ . 1 H n Id M H o I g n In ! .
[b I V Is n II) li s p M I lie c nil! i n d h f s cm s {\] fn
Im s M ! s s n d propel s N i h g n s h i i b e In .
I [
H n 1 1 ll! I p t 1o n In q i e If Ih n ! is n
Im s ! HI g H lie s e le « s li d It i te d If lie
s ta Mn f m n i s .
S n f n e " i ' n n 1 n 1 i H I u I e d I s I e r II e n d i
d i I a g t w I l[ I 1^ p nis p n i lie lis i .
IRTACL A
(O) (O) 3 ^ SURFACE A (0> <(0) _} ^ SURFACE A (q) (o) } t
FItiU RFFIACEMEN7 STAKilVG
ORIGINAl SIAKING
0?b MAX
4 P.ACES
T~"f^
I E
'^A V-'A Y^-%
n e I e n ! I e lis e i d b HI c a i lie r s i ^ f le Id t d m e e p n s . s i m t Mil e I 1 1 i e j li 1 e d
! I le lin s y I f H e flushes i n d \\i\ \ \\\ p h i s p I a le t o i lin f . E oil Mns h e s e i e
n c e p 1 e I I i y n d n i n 1 e 1 1 d p e r a 1 1 m i I 1 1 q i i r e i e H s n d I e r i i s 1 1 1 1 1 i n s . M n p I i 1 e -
n 1 le d loll t n rle rs \\\ le q uli e d U i d Ills le n I n n I a I nils. CI re n np h le d I e II
M I lie IS e le e n t p li Me fn d li Is In a I u n e n I U y nls n d li i Inh g t e tin y i lis .
C I 1 1 n e 'p la It d end p I o s p I i le -n i le d bill e s s t n I lit s . bell t e 1 1 le i i s s t ^ b lie s , n d
re p lir p i i Is fo i II t s t e s s e di I lie s i \\ be Inlt i n In d In \\\ n n I in lin , i III lit
U IIm In j e n e p He n
P I D s p I 1 le -n 1 le d bell t e 1 1 It i s ne rt q y lie d U i all d e p h f i b le a H d e p Id ) h g y nls .
C h I D Di e -p h It d bell n riie is a le a e e e p le b le U i n H t p le f i b It e i d Ira inn g n n ft r
y nils .
n p e e 1 \\\\\\ pin \\\ lip fe i p n p t r n He y i . In s p e t
II p Iflli g . i e 1 I . \\i b n IS . Mis i i ( t a i li i le i (4
s p t n Is s II It . n e p h [ t If n s i i vli i i b It .
] -1 \
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
Prior to reassembly, insert bolt assembly (5) in to
bolt carrier assembly (1), and exercise bolt in and out
of bolt carrier assembly. Check for binding.
OUT
C h e c I b It a s s e i Mf (S ) fo I p 10 p e I fit. I y I n b o It c a i-
rier assembly (1) and suspend so the bolt assembly is
pointed down.
NOTE
The bolt assembly (5) must not drop out.
If weight of bolt assembly allows it to drop
out of carrier assembly, replace bolt rings
(P 3-18).
c. TEST
1. Insert firing pin (2) through bolt assembly (3).
2. Position firing pin protrusion gage (1) PN
(^
^
-
XD
\^"
7799735 to check for proper firing pin (2) protru-
kj
S/^^^SK
^ y"
<^^-^
sion (minimum 0.028- maximum 0.036).
i
^^^Wa^
d— -*
t/
NOTE
d
\
f£^J^^Sg
^
^
■^
Firing pin should touch the gage on
^y
\
J
minimum but should not touch on
C^j
' ^
f5C
■^
maximum.
I
^V^
r
3. Replace a defective firing pin.
\
3-13
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
3-10. BOLT CARRIER ASSEMBLY (CONT).
d. REPAIR
1.
Replace all authorized unserviceable items.
NOTE
Be sure to retest a replaced firing pin, key and bolt carrier assembly, bolt assembly, or
bolt carrier assembly.
2.
Lubricate all metal parts using CLP, LSA, or, LAW (see p 2-22).
e. REASSEMBLY
WARNING
Bolt cam pin must be installed or weapon will blow up while firing the first round. If the
cam pin is not installed, injury to, or death of, personnel may result.
NOTE
Before installing bolt assembly, check to see that the ring gaps are staggered to prevent
loss of gas pressure.
1. Install bolt assembly (1) into key and bolt carrier assembly (2).
2. Install bolt cam pin (3) and rotate 1/4 turn to secure bolt assembly ( 1).
3. Hold key and bolt carrier assembly (2) with bolt assembly ( 1 ) down and drop in firing pin (4).
4. Install firing pin retaining pin (5) from left side only to ensure proper installation. Check for proper installation by
attempting to shake out firing pin.
3-14
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
3-11. BOLT ASSEMBLY.
This task covers:
a. Disassembly
d. Clean/Lubricate
b. Inspection/Repair
e. Reassembly
c. Test
INITIAL SETUP
Applicable Configuration
Materials/Parts
M16/M16A1 Rifle
Cleaner, Lubricant and Preservative (CLP) (item 9,
lapp 0}
Test Equipment
Lubricating oil, weapon (LAW)
Tool and Gage Set 8426685
Lubricating oil, weapon (LSA)
Gloves, protective (item 16Japp U)
Tools
Penetrant kit (item 23, ^pp LI)
Small Arms Repairman
Tool Kit
Kaq, wiping (nem ^4, |app p)
SC 5180-95-CL-A07
(19204)
Equipment Condition
Page Condition Description
3-10 Bolt carrier assembly removed
3-11 Bolt assembly removed
a. DISASSEMBLY
NOTE
Do not remove bolt rings unless they require re-
placement.
Using flat tip screwdriver (1) remove the three bolt rings (2)
from the bolt (3).
b. INSPECTION/REPAIR
3-15
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
3-11. BOLT ASSEMBLY (CONT).
b. inspection/REPAIR (CONT).
Inspect bolt ( 1 ) for pits, burrs, and wear as follows:
(a) Bolt faces with a cluster of pits which are touching or
tightly grouped, covering an area measuring approx-
imately 1/8 inch across, will be rejected and replaced.
(b) Bolts which contain individual pits or a scattered pat-
tern will not be cause for rejection.
(c) Bolts that contain pits extending into the firing pin
hole will not be rejected unless firing pin hole gaging
check determines excess wear.
(d) Rings on the bolt face (machine tool marks), grooves,
or ridges less than approximately 0.010 inch will not
be cause for rejection.
CLUSTER OF
PITS
NOT ACCEPTABLE
ACCEPTABLE
H p E c t h II |1 I fn c in h m p e c Is llf h Ih e U c I; In g lu g s i
:li e h c I h 3 lu g s h s e , n d II ! n n pin I o le i \n . Ij s e
] In I llg h il n 3 Ih b le ; o tl sn Is s , y n a g In s H n n oi!
in n lip Ifk a tin n y n 3 p n Mr3 n I III.
LOCKING
LUG
CAM PIN
HOLE
3-16
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST IUI8370.9
WARNING
Dry cleaning solvent is flammable and toxic
and should be used in a well-ventilated area.
The use of rubber gloves is necessary to pro-
tect the skin when washing rifle parts.
Use penetrant kit as follows:
The area to be inspected must be clean, free of oil, etc.
Spray a small amount of remover on the area to be in-
spected, let dry, and wipe off with a wiping rag.
CAM PIN
HOLE
LOCKING
LUG
I } \i} p M t Itn I (n If M n g h lo u M !h mm | n th a in
I the h It |1 } to b e in p m tH .
1 } \ij d n t Id p n n n the p n e tin t n d It t the d m e U p ei
i nl. C in i j H III be IH In tH b f a c I n g e In n In » I ne
tine Is 3 n n I . II tine ne nn i s , tb t n i p n n I is
y n s e rv In i b le .
N I [Ion 1 tte Hlo n to tie nt i wine th U o Un g h g s i t e I
tie b H ) .
II tl e It m H ni c i n s p ra ) le m o n i on tie ne a , It t d i) ,
n d ( Ip t tl ( Itl 3 i Ip h g [ 1 9 . Oil tie 3 it i to p it n n t
in s lo 3 .
n t p li e boll 1 s s e I b I) II h II (1 j is d e te t tin .
CAM PIN
HOLE
T E
Replacement of the bolt assembly will require that the headspace be tested {p 3-38,
TEST).
3-17
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
3-11. BOLT ASSEMBLY (CONT).
c. TEST
NOTE
Do not force the gage into bolt assembly.
Inspect bolt (1 ) for elongated or oversized firing pin hole
using special no-go plug gage (2) PN 12620101.
NOTE
Bolts with firing pin hoes which permit the
special no-go plug gage to fully penetrate at
any position on the circumference will be re-
jected and replaced.
d. CLEAN/LUBRICATE
Clean all items (operator's manual). Remove carbon deposits with CLP or RBC. Lubricate all items with a light coat
of CLP, LSA, or LAW.
e. REASSEMBLY
Install the three bolt rings (1) one at a time onto the
bolt (2) using care not to bend them. Stagger the bolt
ring gaps to prevent loss of gas pressure.
NOTE
Make certain ring gaps are staggered to pre-
vent loss of gas pressure.
3-18
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
3-12. KEY AND BOLT CARRIER ASSEMBLY
This task covers:
a. Disassembly
c. Reassembly
b. Repair
INITIAL SETUP
Applicable Configuration
Equipment Condition
M16/M16A1 Rifle
Page Condition Description
3-10 Key and Bolt Carrier Assembly removed
Tools
3-11 Bolt assembly removed
Field Maintenance Basic
Less Power
Small
Arms
Shop Set SC 4933-95-CL-A11
(19204)
Small Arms Repairman Tool Kit
SC 5180-95-CL-A07 {
19204)
Key tool jfjg E-3j tpp_EJ
a. DISASSEMBLY
NOTE
Do not disassemble the key and bolt carrier
assembly unless the bolt carrier key or bolt car-
rier is defective. New screws must be used if
disassembled.
1. Using socket wrench handle and socket head screw
socket wrench, remove the carrier and key screws (1).
2, Remove bolt carrier key (2) from bolt carrier (3).
3-19
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
3-12. KEY AND BOLT CARRIER ASSEMBLY (CONT).
b. REPAIR
NOTE
Do not reuse old screws. New screws must be used at assembly.
Repair by cleaning mating surfaces, replacing, properly torquing, and restaking carrier and key screws
c. REASSEMBLY
(a] If disassembled, install and position bolt carrier key
(1) on bolt carrier (2).
(b) Install two carrier and key screws (3). Always use
new screws.
P In ! h It c niier in i n lins t's ns e y s in g vise jn n p s .
NOTE
Do not reuse old screws.
Use a socket head screw wrench attachment and torque
wrench to torque the carrier and key screws (3) to 35 to
40 inch-pounds.
3-20
ARMY TM 9-1005-249=23&P
AIR FORCET0 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
3
i T
The method of staking will be accomplished
as pictured below.
Use solid center punch, and hand hammer to stake the
two carrier and key screws (2) in three places.
S ta h c a I lin a H I e f s c le w s
NOTE
A maximum of 0.025 inch protrusion in an upward direction is permissible.
SURFACE A
© ©33
0.025 MAX
4 PLACES
^
^^^
FIELD REPLACEMENT STAKING
NOTE
If the bolt carrier key is replaced, three to eight rounds of blank or ball ammunition
must be fired to insure a seal is created. Manual operation of the rifle may be required.
If blank ammunition Is utilized, M15A2 Blank firing Attachment must be adapted.
3-21
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
3-13. UPPER RECEIVER AND BARREL ASSEMBLY.
This task covers:
a. Disassembly
b. Inspection/Cleaning
c. Repair
d. Reassembly
e. Test
INITIAL SETUP
Applicable Configuration
M 16/M16A1 Rifle
Test Equipment
Tool and Gage Set 8426685
Tools
Small Arms Repairman Tool Kit
SC 5180-95-CL-AO7 { 19204)
Field Maintenance Basic Less Power Sma
Shop Set SC 4933-95-CL-A11 (19204
Materials/Parts
Carbon removing compound {P-C-111 ) (i
1 apP D)
Cleaner, lubricant and preservative (CLP)
II Arms
em 8,
(item 9,
n 11,
Equipment Condition
Page Condition Description
2-35 Hand guards removed
3-10 Upper receiver and barrel assembly removed
from tower receiver and extension assembly.
General Safety Instructions
To avoid injury to your eyes, use care when removing
and installing spring-loaded parts.
When using solid film lubricant or dichloromethane, be
sure the area is well ventilated.
When using P-C-111, avoid skin contact. If P-C-111
comes in contact with the skin, wash thoroughly
with running water. Using a good lanolin base
cream after exposure to the compound is helpful.
Using gloves and protective equipment is
recommended.
Dry cleaning solvent is flammable and toxic and
should be used in a well-ventiliated area. The use of
rubber gloves is necessary to protect the skin when
washing rifle parts.
WARNING
Upper receiver and barrel assembly may be
equipped with low light level front and rear sights.
The front sight contains radioactive material. If so
equipped, do not insert metal objects into the post
slot or otherwise treat roughly to cause breakage
of the radioactive element.
lapp L)|
Cleaning compound, rifle bore (RBC) (itei
lapp D\
Cloth, abrasive (item 12. Add D\
Uichloromethane. technical (item 14. ^pp
16,
Dry cleaninq solvent (item 15. kpp D\
Gloves, chemical and oil protective (item
1 app DD
Grease, molybdenum disulfide (item 17,
Lubricant, solid film (item 19. App UI
Lubricating oil, weapons (LAW) (item 20,
Lubricating oil, weapons (LSA) (item 21,
Pan, wash (item 22, fpp Df
ipp D|
*PP D)
NpP Dt
Sealing compound (item 26. fapp b\
References
FM 23-9
|TM 9-1005-249-10 floperator's manual)
3-22
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11 W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
a. DISASSEMBLY
1
WARNING
To avoid injury to your eyes, use care wlien removing and installing spring-loaded parts.
When using solid film lubricant or dichloromethane.be sure the area Is well ventilated.
When using P-C-1 11, avoid skin contact. If P-C-111 comes in contact with the skin, wash
thoroughly with running water. Using a good lanolin base cream after exposure to com-
pound is helpful. Using gloves and protective equipment is recommended.
AA
Upper receiver and barrel assembly may be equipped with low light level front and rear
sights. The front sight contains radioactive material. If so equipped, do not insert metal
objects into the post slot or otherwise treat roughly to cause breakage of the radioactive
element.
CAUTION
When using the barrel removal fixture, always Insert the barrel from the same direction
to avoid damage to the fixture.
(a) Position upper receiver and barrel assembly (1) in barrel removal fixture and secure both in machinist's vise.
{b} Using combination wrench (2) and 1/2 inch-drive handle, remove flash suppressor (3).
NOTE
There are two types of flash suppressors. The earliest design Is open ended with three
prongs. The latest Is a closed-end design and Is the only authorized repair part.
All M 16A1 rifles assigned to divisional combat units must be equipped with the closed
end flash suppressor. M 16A1 rifles assigned to noncombat unit and training center units
may be equipped with either the open or closed end type flash suppressor. If the old type
flash suppressor Is removed. It must be replaced with the new type flash suppressor.
3-23
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
3-13. UPPER RECEIVER AND BARREL ASSEMBLY (CONT).
a. DISASSEMBLY (CONT). ,
(a) Remove lockwasher.
(b) Remove upper receiver and barrel assembly (1)
from barrel remover fixture and vise.
Using ball pen li a i oi e r a H I li \ h c li - d i a m e t e r d r i u
pin p y n c li , re oi m e spring p io (S | (n He li retains the gas
tube) iro 01 the ir a n t s ig li t a a a e oi b if (S |'
Slide gas tube (7 ) i a c K into
a H le m V e gas tube (7 ),
y n ^ ' '^ ' ' iv ' ' M M^i c ie a I lio n t s ig h t a s s e m b if (G ), lb e n lilt s lig li tif , p y II Io id a id
3-24
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
(a)
Place upper receiver and barrel assembly (1) into barrel removal fixture and clamp into machinist's vise.
CAUTION
When using the barrel removal fixture, always insert the barrel from the same direction
to avoid damage to the fixture.
NOTE
Be sure all three drive pins on combination wrench are engaged with barrel nut assembly
(9). Wrench must be pushed toward upper receiver (8) to compress the slip ring spring
in barrel nut assembly (9).
(b) Using socket wrench handle and combination wrench (2), loosen barrel nut assembly (9).
(a) Separate upper receiver assembly (8) from barrel assembly (10).
(b) Remove rifle barrel assembly (10) from vise and barrel removal fixture.
3-25
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
3-13. UPPER RECEIVER AND BARREL ASSEMBLY (CONT).
a, ni^A^^FMRlY ICQMJ)
{i] ^ i t n n [ t h ini j i ii j [\ 1 | y s ii g 1 1 ta ini j i ii j p lie is .
(b) Remove slip ring spring (12) and handguard slip ring (13).
(c) Do not remove barrel nut (14) from rifle barrel assembly (10).
b. INSPECTION/CLEANING
1
(a)
Inspect gas tube
for
cracks and
deformities.
RepI
ace
if defective.
(b)
Use P-C-111 carbon
removing compound to
remove
carbon
deposits from
interior and
exterior
of
gas
tube.
If a large
amount
of
carbon is found and cannot
be
removed
, replace the
gas tube.
(c)
Visually
inspect
all
other parts
for unserviceable
or
missing
parts.
Replace
defective
or
missing
parts.
3-26
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
[i ] In s p n t lifU b o le n d In t li in g lugs fo i b u iii ,
t in h , lu j t, b u Ig e s , n d pits,
(] ) Fits no Md e I th n i In d o i g id o v e n d no
1 n g 1 t h n 3 19 Inch no H I o v o d In t h o b o i o ,
(!) L n d j th s t 3 p p n d nil b lu o duo to coating o t
gliding m o tH tio m p lo jo c tllo s no Hlo v a b lo ,
(3 ) D tin Ito If iln g d b o lo ! o i b o lo i iln g o d n ttl-
ciently to bulge the outside surface of the barrel
are cause for rejection. Replace rifle barrel
assembly if defective.
NOTE
Chamber may be inspected with or
without upper receiver assembled to
the barrel assembly.
(b) Inspect chamber using reflector tool 1) and
flashlight (2).
Pits 1/8 inch in length are cause for rejection.
Replace rifle barrel assembly if defective.
- CUTAWAY VIEW
NOT ACCEPTABLE
ACCEPTABLE
3-27
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
3-13. UPPER RECEIVER AND BARREL ASSEMBLY (CONT).
c. REPAIR
1. Replace all authorized unserviceable items.
2. Straighten bent front sight guards (1) as follows:
CAUTION
Remove spring before heating. (Heat will
damage spring. ) The sight post and plunger
may be reused unless damaged.
(a) Remove front sight post, plunger, and spring
(see p 2-38).
(b) Place front sight base (2) in a bench vise.
Use copper or brass caps (jaw inserts) on vise to
prevent damage to sight base (2) during
clamping.
(c) Heat front sight guards (1) and bend with pliers.
The front sight guards (1) should be put back as
nearly as possible to the original position. Allow
front sight housing to air cool.
WARNING
Dry cleaning solvent is flammable and toxic
and should be used in a well-ventilated area.
The use of rubber gloves is necessary to pro-
tect skin when washing rifle parts.
(d) Roughen any damaged surface of front sight
guard with abrasive cloth and clean with dry
cleaning solvent. Wear rubber gloves and use a
wash pan to apply solvent.
CAUTION
Do not allow solid film lubricant to flow into
front sight post threaded well.
(e) Apply solid film lubricant to cover the damaged
finish.
3-28
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
3. Slightly bent barrels may be straightened as follows.
(a) Check straightness using straightness gage (3) 8448202 (p 3-37). If the barrel fails the straightness test,
and the gage remains in the barrel in the area of the front sight, perform step (b) to determine if it may be
straightened.
(b) With the gage remaining in the bore, hold the rifle in a vertical position with the end of the barrel into which
the gage was inserted pointing up. Insure that if/when the gage passes through the barrel it will not be
damaged. Using hand pressure ONLY, flex the portion of the barrel between the front sight and the flash
suppressor in all four directions (left, right, forward and back). If the barrel is only slightly bent, the gage
will drop through when the barrel is flexed in one of these directions. Note the direction which allowed the
gage to drop through the barrel.
CAUTION
Remove the gage from the barrel before continuing.
NOTE
If the gage does not pass through the barrel when it is flexed, remove the gage and replace the barrel
assembly.
(c) Place the barrel in a vise using appropriate protective jaws. Clamp the barrel between the front sight
assembly and the flash suppressor approximately one inch from the front sight assembly. The barrel
assembly should be in a horizontal position with the side noted in step (b) toward you.
CAUTION
Do not apply pressure to the receiver.
(d) Grasp the BARREL near the receiver so that when force is applied the barrel will flex in the same direction
as noted in step (b).
(e) Give the barrel a sharp jerk of approximately 20 to 40 pounds of force.
3-29
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
3-13. UPPER RECEIVER AND BARREL ASSEMBLY (CONT).
c. REPAIR (CONT)
(f) Remove the barrel from the vise and recheck
straightness (step (a)).
(9) 1^ 9396 still will not pass through the barrel, perform
step (b) to determine direction of bend. If the barrel
is still bent in the same direction as before, perform
steps (c) through (f) using slightly more force. If the
barrel is now bent in the opposite direction, replace
the barrel.
(h) If the gage passes freely through the barrel, the
barrel shall be considered straight and continue in
service.
(i) If the barrel has been straightened, the rifle must be
targeted (p 3-39).
d. REASSEMBLY
(a) Position barrel nut (1) by sliding it to the rear of barrel assembly (2) as far as possible.
(b) Slide handguard slip ring (3) over barrel nut (1).
[c) Press slip ring spring (4) from both sides and insert it into handguard slip ring (3).
[d) Install retaining ring (5) against slip ring spring (4) using retaining ring pliers. Snap retaining ring (5) to barrel
nut (I).
3-30
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
CAUTION
When using the barrel re-
moval fixture, aiways insert
the barrel from the same di-
rection to avoid damage to
the fixture.
NOTE
Wipe upper receiver tliread clean and ensure there are no burrs. Apply molybdenum
disulfide grease to the threads before installation. This operation must be done in order
to make later removal of the barrel easier.
(3) Position riflebarrelassembly(2)with alignmentpin (6)up, Using barrel re movalflxtu re, clamp barrelassembly
(2) in vise.
(b) Align upper receiver assembly (7) using barrel alignment pin (6) and the slot in upper receiver assembly (7). In-
stall over end of barrel assembly (2).
(3) Engage tlireads of barrel nut assembly (8) with up-
per receiver assem biy (7).
(b) Using combination wrench (9) and torque wrench,
torque barrel nut assembly (8) to 30 ft-lb. Torque is
measured when both wrenches are used together.
NOTE
Two time torquing (three times total) pro-
cedures provide for a better thread fit and
prevents barrel nuts from becoming loose. Do
not use the torque wrench for loosening.
[c) Make certain all three drive pins on combination
wrench are engaged with barrel nut assembly (8).
Loosen and repeat torque operation. Then loosen
the barrel nut again.
3-31
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
3-13. UPPER RECEIVER AND BARREL ASSEMBLY (CONT).
d. REASSEMBLY (CONT)
VERTICAL
TARGET
LINE
Loosen the vise and align the front sight assembly base (10) in a vertical position (use a vertical line on the wall to
check this) then tighten vise to hold t-he barrel assembly (2) in that position.
NOTE
Upper receiver and barrel assembly may be equipped with low light level front and rear
sights. The low light level front sight must be removed, shipped in its original container
and reinstalled at unit maintenance.
(a) With front sight assembly base (1 O) centered, view from the rear and rotate the upper receiver (7 'M' '' l^"
to align rear sight to the same vertical line as front sight.
NOTE
Do not attempt to hold the upper receiver (7) with a pry bar; however, if the barrel assembly
(2) turns in the holding fixture, a pry bar may be used in the front sight assembly base
(10) to help prevent the barrel from turning in the holding fixture. Use care not to distort
or bend front sight or retaining pins.
(b) Torque the barrel nut assembly again to 30 ft-lb while maintaining sight alignment. The barrel nut may be
tightened beyond 30 ft-lb to align the barrel nut serrations for gas tube clearance. Never loosen the barrel nut
assembly (8) to align for gas tube clearance.
3-32
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
n n in
Do not torque over 80 ft-lb while tightening
the barrel nut to next hole, to allow for
proper alignment.
(a) Align barrel nut assembly (8) with hole in the upper
receiver assembly (7) using 1/8 inch drive pin
punch. If necessary, tighten nut to next hole to
allow proper alignment.
(b) Remove drive pin punch from upper receiver and
barrel assembly (11). Remove upper receiver and
barrel assembly (1 1) from barrel remover fixture
and vise.
Slide gas tube (12) through the barrel nut assembly
(8) and then slide forward inserting gas tube into
hole in the front sight assembly base (10).
8
|i M lig n II ! hits i^ gas tube (12) and front sight
assembly base (1 O).
(b) Using ball peen hammer and 5/64-inch diame-
ter drive pin punch, drive spring pin (13) into
front sight assembly base (10) to secure gas
tube (12).
3-33
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
3-13. UPPER RECEIVER AND BARREL ASSEMBLY (CONT).
d. REASSEMBLY (CONT)
c n I II
When using the barrel removal fixture,
always insert the barrel from the same
direction to avoid damage to the fixture.
(a) Install upper receiver and barrel assembly (11) into
barrel removal fixture and vise.
(b) Install lockwasher (14) and closed end flash sup-
presser (15) on upper receiver and barrel assembly
(11).
10
Torque flash suppressor (15) to 15-20 ft-lb using combination wrench (9) and torque wrench. Torque is
measured when both wrenches are used together.
3-34
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
11
■ ■ NOTE
®
s«
k
Refer to Operator's Manual fc
system" procedures for i
handguards.
r "buddy
nstalling
N
V
1
1
Install upper and lower handguards
(16).
{J-
S
r
i
3
e. TEST
1
Determine the type of bore and chamber to be gaged.
NOTE
The following is the way to identify chromed barrels from unchromed barrels.
Stampings on the barrel approximately one inch rearward from the flash suppressor
are as follows
(a) (SAK MP C) 5AK is the manufacturer's stamp, MP indicates magnetic partical
inspection, C indicates chrome chamber only, or (C MP C) C = Colt Manufacturer,
MP = magnetic partical inspection, and C = chrome chamber only.
(b) Other markings which indicate chrome chamber only are "C" alone or "RUC" or
"RNC" alone. A "C" stamped on the barrel between the rings of the front sight
base also indicates chromed chamber only.
(c) Markings the same as in (a) above with the last letter "B" indicate a fully chromed
bore and chamber.
(d) Other markings such as "CB" alone indicate a fully chromed chamber and bore.
(e) The latest configuration is identified with the words "Chrome Bore" written out.
(f) Barrel that does not meet the above criteria is non-chrome.
H T E
To insure proper operation of the gages, the barrel must be clean prior to performing
the tests.
The following information pertains to the gages required for the upper receiver and
barrel assembly.
(a) Barrel erosion gage, P/N 7799792, is to be used to check barrels that are not
chromed. Instructions for its use are on the tag attached to the gage. The first
line from the end of the gage is the reject line. The second line is no longer used.
(b) Barrel erosion gage, P/N 8448496, is to be used only on fully chromed barrels.
Instructions for its use are on the tag attached to the gage.
(c) The muzzle erosion gage, P/N 8446677, is used on the unchromed barrel only.
It is not required for use on chromed bore barrels. Instructions on its use are on
the tag attached to the gage.
(d) The bore straightness gage, P/N 8448202, is required for use on all barrels. The
gage must pass through the barrel without force.
3-35
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
3- 13. UPPER RECEIVER AND BARREL ASSEMBLY (CONT).
e. TEST (CONT)
REJECTION MARK
L
GAGE, BARREL
EROSION
OLD REJECT MARK
NO LONGER USED
(a) To check erosion in an UNCHROMED barrel only, in-
sert barrel erosion gage (1 ) PN 7799792 into breech
end of upper receiver (2).
(b) Gage must not go beyond rejection mark when
viewed from front edge of magazine well (3) in up
per receiver (2).
NOTE
If barrel erosion gage goes past the rejection
mark, the barrel is unserviceable.
(a) To check muzzle erosion in an unchromed barrel only, insert muzzle erosion gage (4), PN 8448677, into muz-
zle. Do not check muzzle erosion on chrome barrels.
(b) Gage must not go beyond applicable rejection mark or the barrel is unserviceable.
NOTE
There are two rejection marks, "A" and "B". Use rejection mark "A" when the barrel
is being gaged without the flash suppressor assembled. Use rejection mark "B" when
the barrel is being gaged with the flash suppressor installed.
3-36
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
GM2, BARREl
EROSION
[cmm BORC GUY)
(a) To check erosion in a chrome barrel only, use barrel
erosion gage (5) PN 8448496. Install bolt carrier
assembly with bolt assembly and firing pin removed.
Insert gage into rear of bolt carrier assembly. The re-
ject line must be read at the rear edge of the bolt car-
rier assembly.
(b) If the reject mark passes below the rear surface of the
bolt carrier assembly, the barrel is unserviceable and
must be replaced.
NOTE
Ensure barrel is clean prior to performing the
following test.
(a) Check straightness of a chromed or unchromed barrel
using straightness gage (6) PN 8448202. Put gage in
barrel. Tilt barrel and allow gage to fall through. Catch
gage.
(b) Gage must pass freely through barrel. If the gage does'
not pass through the barrel, recheck as follows: Hold
the upper receiver and barrel assembly (7) in a vertical
position with the muzzle pointed down; insert gage in-
to chamber end of barrel. Release gage and catch it a^
it exits the muzzle end. If the gage passes freely
through the barrel, the barrel is acceptable. If it does
not, the barrel must be straightened or replaced. (See
p 3-29 for straighten instructions/procedures).
3-37
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
3-13. UPPER RECEIVER AND BARREL ASSEMBLY (CONT).
e. TEST (CONT}
Cl>~~^
(a) Install charging handle (8), and bolt
carrier assembly (9) into upper re-
ceiver (2).
(b) Insert headspace gage (10) PN
7799734 in chamber.
8
NOTE
For the purpose of this test "light finger pres-
sure" is defined as 8 1/2 to 8 3/4 pounds.
(a) D I e c t h M d s p n E b ^ p in s in g h It u rrie i n s e n b If
|S) and charging handle (8) forward using light
finger pressure.
(b) Bolt carrier assembly (9) must protrude from rear of
receiver (2) for proper headspace. If bolt carrier as-
sembly is flush with or indented to rear surface, this
indicates excessive headspace.
3-38
ARMYTM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
9
nil n I
(a) If the test fails using finger pressure, remove the
gage and perform the test again as follows: With
the muzzle down, stack 8 1/2 to 8 3/4 pounds
of trigger weights (1 1) on a locally fabricated
spacer/weight (12) on the bolt carrier assembly
(9). Insert headspace gage (10) and test per
above instructions.
(b) Remove trigger weights (11), spacer/weight (1 2),
bolt carrier assembly (9), charging handle (8),
and headspace gage (10).
(c) If excessive headspace, first replace bolt assem-
bly and then recheck. if headspace is not cor-
rected, replace barrel assembly; then recheck
with the original bolt to determine if the bolt is
still good or if the bolt should be replaced also.
NOTE
Rifles which have been rebarreled must be function-fired with seven rounds 5.56mm
of ball ammunition. After rebarreling, the rifle must be targeted with three rounds
5.56mm of ball ammunition at 25 meter range, using target. Refer t o TM 9-10 05-249-101
and FM 23-9.
3-39
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
3-14. UPPER RECEIVER ASSEMBLY.
This task covers:
a. Disassembly
b. Inspection/Repair
c. Clean
d. Lubrication
e. Reassembly
f. Mechanical Zero Procedures (A. F. only)
INITIAL SETUP
Applicable Configuration
All M16/M16A1 rifles except as noted. The M 16
rifles are not equipped with the forward assist
assembly. The receivers are different part numbers
but all other parts are interchangeable. Only the
M16A1 rifle is depicted. Some rifles may be
equipped with a low light level rear sight.
Tools
Small Arms Repairman Tool Kit
SC 5180-95-CL-A07
Field Maintenance Basic Less Power Small Arms
Shop Set SC 4933-95-CL-A11 (1 9204)
Materials/Parts
Cleaner, lubricant and preservative (CLP) (item 9,
laPP Dt
Cloth, abrasive (item 12, ft pp DP
Lubricant, solid film (item 19, ftpp DP
Lubricating oil, weapons (LAW) (item 20,
lapp Ul
Lubricating oil, weapons (LSA) (item 21,
lapp D^
Equipment Condition
Page Condition Description
3-23 Upper receiver removed
General Safety Instructions
To avoid injury to your eyes, use care when removing
and installing spring-loaded parts. When using solid
film lubricant or dichloromethane, be sure the area
is well ventilated.
a. DISASSEMBLY
To noid injny to pyr sfes, yse caie w li e o remMifig aH inUlling spiin^'lnded parls
c n T 10 fi
Be sure to n Ic ^ s m a II parls (1 , 1 , 3 , and \]
a ) D li n Ml spring p I o 1 1 | u s I o 9 a h m m e r and 1 i U ' i n h p u n c L
b ) C a Ic h real s Ig h t w iH a p drum [l], u a 1 s Ig h t d e lo n t |3 ], and b e Ik a I s p lin g (4 j.
3 -4 D
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
(a) Using a flat-bladed screwdriver, remove rear sight windage screw (5).
(b) Remove aperture sight (6), flat spring (7), from upper receiver (8).
NOTE
There is no further disassembly for M 16 rifle upper receiver assembly. (M 16 does
not have forward assist assembly. )
NOTE
This applies to M16A1 Rifles only.
r i M u \ s p [ i n 9 }\[ | i ) n i n ; i 1 ' M ' i n h d i i n pin
y n I n d h H h i i e i.
n t n n foiM id n s is I n n i M| |1 1 1 i H h lin
s p fi^ 3 111) f[g n j p p n le m in r \l\.
3-41
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
3-14. UPPER RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (CONT).
b. inspection/REPAIR
(a) Visually inspect rear sight parts (1 thru 7) for
broken, bent, unserviceable condition or missing
parts. Replace defective or missing parts.
b) Check helical spring (4) for serviceability, prior to
disassembly and after reassembly. Replace if
defective.
(c) Prior to disassembly and after reassembly, check
that the flat spring (5) retains aperture sight (6)
firmly in either position. Replace flat spring (5) if
sight is not firm.
d) Check upper receiver (8) for cracks, corrosion, or
mutilation. Repair or replace upper receiver if
defective. Refer t d page 3-2$ . inspection/
CLEANING.
(a) To straighten bent rear sight guards (9), remove
rear sight components. Place carrying handle (10)
in a vise with top edge of vise at a point just
below the windage screw hole (1 1 ). Tighten vise
(11) to firmly hold upper receiver (8).
(b) Using two eight-inch adjustable wrenches,
gradually bend guards (9) to straighten. When
bending the guards (9), gradually bend beyond
the straight point, as the guard will partially
return when bending pressure is stopped.
(c) After straightening, use a flat file to remove any
nicks, kinks, or burrs that remain on the inside of
guards (9).
CAUTION
Do not use wire brush on aluminum
surfaces.
(d) Apply solid film lubricant to brightened area for
final protective coating.
(e) Replace rear sight components and check that
sight functions properly. If sight functions check
out, return upper receiver to service.
3-42
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
lal inspect upper receiver for cracks, corrosion,
mutBiation, wear, or damage.
f1) Small dents or gouges that do not affect func-
tioning will not be cause for rejection.
12) If receiver contains cracks or ho§es, the
receiver will be replaced.
^b| Inspect springs for breaks, deformation, and rust,
ic} Repair corroded ypper receiver surfaces as foHows:
ni Sand corroded area with abrasive cloth and
make sure all corrosion has been removed.
{2} Wash area with technical dichloromethane
^methylenechloridel to remove all dirt, grease,
and foreign material.
131 Apply sealing compound, mixed in accordance
with manufacturer's directions, to areas to be
filled.
|4S Spread sealing compound as smoothly as
possible into defective area using a putty knife
or similar tool.
NOTE
D@ not feathar @dges.
^51 Place a sheet of polyethylene, cut to size, over
filled area. Rub by hand or smooth using small
roller.
A - SHINY SURFACES
(REPARABLE!
I ' CORRODED
jREPARABLEI
C - CORRODED
INONREPARABLES
BREAKTHROUGH
HOLE
D = BREAKTHROUGH HOLE
(ACCEPTABLE)
3-43
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
3-14. UPPER RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (CONT).
b. INSPECTION/REPAIR (CONT)
(a) After curing, remove polyethylene sheet in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
WARNING
When using solid film lubricant or dichloromethane, be sure the area is well
ventilated.
CAUTION
Solid film lubricant is to be used only as an exterior surface protective finish
and touch up. If solid film lubricant comes in contact with recoiling parts or
functional surfaces of the rifle, remove immediately by washing with technical
dichloromethane.
(b) Wash area with technical dichloromethane (methylenechloride) to remove all dirt, grease, and foreign
material.
(c) Roughen area to be refinished with abrasive cloth and clean surface again. Do not touch the area with
fingers.
CAUTION
Do not use a wire brush on aluminum surfaces.
(d) Repair shiny surfaces by spraying a coat of solid film lubricant in accordance with manufacturer's Instruc-
tions. Dry 24 hours before handling
NOTE
Solid Film Lubricant (SFL) is the authorized touch up for the M16/M16A1 Rifle and
may be used on up to one third of the exterior finish of the weapon.
FOR CONUS USE ONLY: Solid Film Lubricant may be used as a touch up without
limitation on the upper receiver and barrel assembly. This is to say that units which
DO NOT fall under the category of Divisional Combat Units or rapid deployment type
units may have up to 100% of the exterior surface of the Upper Receiver and Barrel
Assembly protected with SFL. Prior to application of SFL the surface must be
thoroughly clean and inspected for corrosion and/or damage. If corroded or
damaged, the part must be repaired prior to application of SFL, or replaced.
Continued use under combat conditions would result in an unprotected surface when
the SFL wears off. This would result in a large light reflecting surface and accelerated
deterioration of the unprotected surface. Therefore, Divisional Combat Units and
units which fall under the definition of Rapid Deployment type must adhere to the
limitation of NOT over 1/3 of their exterior surface covered by SFL
(e) Inspect all parts for damage and wear. Replace all defective parts.
C. CLEAN
Clean rear sight and forward assist portions of upper receiver and all components.
d. LUBRICATION
Lubricate upper receiver assembly. Apply CLP, LSA, or LAW (see p 2-22) to helical springs, threaded portion of
screws, forward assist and sight before installation.
3-44
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COASTGUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
€. REASSEMBLY
NOTE
M16A1 rifles only.
(a) Apply CLP LSA, or LAW (see p 2-22) to helical spring (1) and forward assist assembly (2) and install them
into upper receiver assembly (3).
(b) Install spring pin (4) using 3/32-inch drive pin punch and hand hammer.
2 (ih—^
NOTE
All M16 rifles.
(a) Apply CLP, LSA or LAW (see p2-22) to flat spring (5), aperture sight (6), and threaded portion of rear sight
windage screw (7).
[b I in \i II 111 t s f rin f |S | a H aperature sight (6) with letter "L" to rear.
(c) Install rear sight windage screw (7) using flat tip screwdriver. Tighten screw.
L_^ ^ __-
3-45
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
3-14. UPPER RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (CONT).
e. REASSEMBLY (CONT)
H A
I n nd in jn) U ) m i e ) t s . y n u re « h m it i n in g n d in ta lli^ g s p lin g -io H t d pits
(a) In h II h Ik i i spiin; {l\. ini sigh detnl (9|, nd iin s ig H wiHage dnn IH]'
(b) S t M I e b r i n h I i i n ; s p i i n ; pin (1 I | y s i p 1 il ( ' I n I d r I m pin p n c h n d h n d h n i e i .
f. MECHANICAL ZERO PROCEDURES
1
C n tn fu f s ig H b I n m in 9 lu f s
i p p 10 p lis te d iiM tio n .
t d ry I \] \\ n
3-46
Always push in on bolthead after making rear sight
adjustments.
1
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
fin 3 llf c h E I h in r sight Id e n ne il is c m te re d a fie i
I 1 Hn g H jn tn e n Is . Also, e n n: II ! in i s ig H is
s e I i^ th s h it-ii n p |u n n a il e d i p e itu le | pes itio [ .
IE ; P IE
e 10 tE 10
1 p Ie tE d ,
i ( I ! le IS
u IE n d i
p E itHE . I
iiin g i n
E d H! h
E d H! till g in n a p p ro i in a tE h MIe s ile
t M H rilie s . I) n le the a h n s le p s are
Ih e lilie K iii be n e c I a a ic a 11^ z e ro e d It i
a s il g Ih e y n I a riE d e i s h o it-ia n p a p e r-
Mi I E t E r s using lie ' L " e i i o a g - 1 a n g e
E a h ( E s tE p s tan a is a b e u s e d b e fa le
1 a E I if 1 s s ig n E d lilie , Use th e p n -
h E c I liflE s s la re d ia p le le tie d p n h g ia g
nin g id y tin a in p e e tio n . I I is till h e ip e a s a le p e o -
le a II E d * ilh Ih e lilie s i iii s ta a d i b e tte i e h a { e
I I illia g an e a e in ^ il Ile lilie s i y s t be y s e d b e lo ie
lin liie z E la a a a b e la a d e . H I e a e i e i p a s s ib ie ^
e 10 in g a I tl e lifla s h o a Id be a t n ai p iis I e d y s in g b a i
il la u n ilia a a a a M la e le i z e ra ia g la ig e t y s ia g lb e
L ' a a a itu IE .
3-15. FORWARD ASSIST ASSEMBLY.
T h is U s I a a V e IS :
a . D is a s s E I b If
b . la s p e a lia a
c . Me a a
d , I a b ric a ta
i . II ! p a il
I, II e a s s e 1 b If
iMi in SE n p
1 p p lia a b iE C a a fig a la tia a
Mini rilie a a if
I a Is
S I HI Ills I E p nil a a I a a i lit
n s I n -n -n -n I |i s n 1 1
F ia id U a ia tE a a a n E a s ia less P a i e r S i a ii 1 iia s
Hap Sal H H H 'S ! 'CI -M I (M M 1
II a t e I i a I s J P ails
C Jt a a 1 1 | I la b rii a a t aad presErntin (DIP) (ilein 9
ill T
I a b lie a tin g a il, weapons (U I | (ile la U . i p p y i
I y b iIe a tia g a ii, i e a p a a s |L SI | (ile ii M , i a a y i
E q u ip la a n t C a a d itio a
P a p E C a n d il ia a D e s c i ip tio n
I -U F E rw a I d assist a s s a la b If i e i e i e d
G e a E la i S a Ie tf la s tiu a lio a s
la a n id ia |a if to f a a r e f a s , use a a le h h a n re la a nn g
aad ia s ta iiia a s a fia a -io a d e d a a lis .
MI
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
3-15. FORWARD ASSIST ASSEMBLY (CONT).
a. DISASSEMBLY
WARNING
To avoid injury to your eyes, use care when removing and installing spring-loaded parts.
1. Drive out spring pin (1 ) using 1/16-inch drive pin punch and hammer.
2. Remove forward assist pawl (2), pawl detent (3), helical spring (4), from plunger assembly (5).
b. INSPECTION
1. Inspect forward assist pawl (1 ) for deformities, burrs,
chips, and cracks. Minor burrs may be removed using fine
files or stones, as required. Replace pawl if defective.
2. Inspect pawl detent (2) for deformities. Replace detent if
defective.
3. Inspect helical spring (3) for kinks, breaks, and wear.
Replace spring if defective.
4. Inspect plunger assembly (4) for wear, burrs, chips, and
breaks. Minor burrs may be removed using fine files or
stones, as required. Replace if plunger assembly is
defective.
5. Inspect spring pin (5) for wear or deformities. Replace if
defective.
c. CLEAN
Clean all parts of the forward assist assembly.
3-48
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
d. LUBRICATE
Lubricate helical spring, pawl detent, and forward assist pawl with CLP, LSA, or LAW (see p 2-22) before
installation.
e. REPAIR
1. Repair forward assist pawl using fine files or stones, as required, to smooth burrs. Do not deform forward assist
pawl.
2. Repair plunger assembly using fine files or stones, as required, to smooth burrs. Do not deform plunger
assembly.
3. Replace unrepairable parts.
f. REASSEMBLY
WARNING
To avoid injury to your eyes, use care when removing and installing spring-loaded parts.
1. Install helical spring (1), pawl detent (2), and forward assist pawl (3) into plunger assembly (4).
2. Align holes and install spring pin (5) using 1/16-inch drive pin punch and hammer.
3-49
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
3-16. LOWER RECEIVER AND EXTENSION ASSEMBLY.
This task covers:
a. Disassembly
e. Clean
b. Inspection
f. Lubricate
c. Repair
g. Reassembly
d. Test
INITIAL SETUP
Applicable Configuration
Cleaning compound, rifle bore (RBC) (item 11, ^pp Db
All M 16/M16A1 rifles. All parts are the same except
Dichloromethane, technical (item 14, ^pp \)}
for lower receiver body which is different
that it specifies the different models and
only in
the serial
Lubricant, solid film (item 19. Add DI
Lubricating oil. weapons (LAW) (item 20. fapp Db
numbers.
Lubricating oil, weapons (LSA) (item 21. bPP DI
Screw, self-locking (butt-cap screw) (item 28, p C-10)
Test Equipment
Tool and Gage Set 8426685 (1 9204)
Equipment Condition
Page Condition Description
Tools
3-10 Lower receiver and extension assembly.
Small Arms Repairman Tool Kit
SC 5180-95-CL-A07 (19204)
General Safety Instructions
Field Maintenance Basic Less Power Small
Arms
To avoid injury to your eyes, use care when removing
Shop Set SC 4933-95-CL-A11 (19204)
and installing spring-loaded parts.
Pivot pin removing tool (locally fabricated
tool)
When using solid film lubricant or dichloromethane, be
Kfiq E-2j NPP El
sure the area is well ventilated.
Materials/Parts
Cleaner, lubricant and preservative (CLP) (item 9,
1 app D»
a. DISASSEMBLY
1
©X^
WARNING
To avoid injury to your eyes, use care when
removing and installing spring-loaded parts.
(a) Remove spring pin (1) using 3/32-inch drive pin punch and hammer.
(b) Remove bolt catch (2), bolt catch plunger (3), and bolt catch spring (4).
3-50
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
WARNING
To avoid injury to your eyes, use care when removing and installing spring-loaded parts.
(a) Using drive pin puncli, press in on magazine button (5) and turn magazine catcli (6) counterclockwise to
unscrew and remove.
(b) Remove magazine button (5) and magazine catch spring (7)
(aj Use a drive pin punch to push automatic sear pin (8) out of lower receiver (9).
NOTE
To remove sear, safety selector lever must be positioned to automatic (if installed).
(b) Remove automatic sear (10) and safety selector lever (11 ).
3-51
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
3-16. LOWER RECEIVER AND EXTENSION ASSEMBLY (CONT). I
a. DISASSEMBLY (CONT)
W A RN ING
To avoid injury to your eyes, use care when removing and installing s p rin g -lo a d e d parts.
NO TE
To remove (hammer should be forward), place safety selector lever (if installed) to SEMI position
a) Use drive pin punch to push hammer pin (12) from lower receiver (9),
b) R e m V e hammer assembly (13).
(a) Remove trigger pin (14) by pushing from the left side of lower receiver (9) with a drive pin punch.
(b) Remove disconnector (15) and trigger assembly (16) from lower receiver and extension subassembly (1 7).
3-52
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
b. INSPECTION
1
^WWl
A ■ SHINY SURFACES
- (REPARABLE) a - SHINY SURFACES
- (REPARABLE)
B = CORRODED AND NO HOLES
- (REPARABLE)
B - CORRODED
- (REPARABLE)
C - CORRODED LOBES - WEAKENING
PIVOT PIN AREA
- (NONREPARABLE)
C = CORRODED WITH HOLE
= (NONREPARABLE)
WARNING
When using solid film lubricant or dichloromethane, be sure the area is well ventilated.
CAUTION
Do not use a wire brush on aluminum surfaces.
NOTE
Apply solid film lubricant to shiny surfaces.
Solid Film Lubricant (SFL) is the authorized touch upforthe M16/M16A1 Rifle and may
be used on up to one third of the exterior finish of the weapon.
FOR CONUS USE ONLY: Solid Film Lubricant may be used as a touch up without limita-
tion on the upper receiver and barrel assembly. This is to say that units which DO NOT
fall under the category of Divisional Combat Units or rapid deployment type units may
have up to 100% of the exterior surface of the Upper Receiver and Barrel Assembly
3-53
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
3-16. LOWER RECEIVER AND EXTENSION ASSEMBLY (CONT).
b. INSPECTION (CONT:
I (CONT)
NOTE (CONT)
protected with SFL. Prior to application of SFL the surface must be thoroughly clean and
inspected for corrosion and/or damage. If corroded or damaged, the part must be repaired
or replaced prior to application of SFL. Continued use under combat conditions would
result in an unprotected surface when the SFL wears off. This would result in a large
light reflecting surface and accelerated deterioration of the unprotected surface. Therefore,
Divisional Combat Units and units which fall under the definition of Rapid Deployment
type must adhere to the limitation of NOT over 1/3 of their exterior surface covered by SFL.
If a M16/M16A1 Rifle LOWER RECEIVER is missing one third or more of its exterior pro-
tective finish, resulting in an unprotected/light reflecting surface, it is candidate for
overhaul. This missing finish will be considered a shortcoming. This shortcoming requires
action to obtain a replacement weapon. Once a replacement has been received, evacuate
the original weapon to depot for overhaul.
Once the missing exterior protective finish of the lower receiver has exceeded one third
of its total surface the probability of reclaiming the receiver during overhaul diminishes
rapidly. In order to extend the life of the lower receiver, which is the serial numbered
item, it is necessary to evacuate the weapon to depot once the missing finish reaches
one third of the total surface of the receiver.
(a) Inspect lower receiver and extension subassembly (1 ) for corrosion in the lower receiver lobes of the pivot area
or hinge pin area.
(b) If extensive corrosion appears in these areas the receiver will not be repaired and rifle will be turned in for
replacement.
(c) Inspect selector lever stops. If either is missing or damaged/worn to the point of being nonfunctional, the rifle
will be turned in for replacement.
NOTE
Refer to l page 3-531 INSPECTION/CLEANING for repair procedures for corroded surfaces
3-54
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
i
y
A-SHINY SURFACES
(REPARABLE)
THIN WALLS
HOLES
(t
L
B-CORRODED
(REPARABLE)
^CT
C-HOLES AND THIN WALLS
(NONREPARABLE)
\r^
Inspect extension (2) portion of lower receiver and extension subassembly for corrosion. Repair or replace if
defective.
NOTE
Refer to lpaqe 3-53.I INSPECTION/C LEANING for repair procedures for corroded surfaces.
\\ In nn h n d e fo rn ill! s , In p e c t Ifigg > ' '° ^ i n i, na c h d f d Hni itin . H p N c e \
c. REPAIR
tpiii n itpliie all pnM \\ \\\ w innni \\i nlnsln nniiMf if dHntIn
! -n
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
3-16. LOWER RECEIVER AND EXTENSION ASSEMBLY (CONT)
d. TEST
LOWER
RECEIVER
1. With the upper receiver attached to the lower receiver, and the pivot pin and takedown pin in place, perform
the following test:
(a) Apply hand pressure to push the upper receiver as far to one side as possible
(b) Attempt to insert a .020" thickness gage between the pivot pin lugs of the upper and lower receivers
(c) If the thickness gage penetrates to the pivot pin at all accessible locations, repair by replacement of the up-
per receiver (see para 2 below) or replacement of weapon is required.
2. If the rifle fails the above test, remove the upper receiver and install a "NEW" upper receiver and perform the
test again.
3. If the rifle now passes the above test, it shall be considered serviceable and continue in use
4. If the rifle fails the test with a new upper receiver, this failure shall be considered a shortcoming. This short-
coming requires action to obtain a replacement weapon. Once a replacement has been received, evacuate the
original weapon to depot for overhaul.
NOTE
Failure of any portion of this test is considered a shortcoming until such time as a replace-
ment weapon or repair parts are received.
3-56
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
SIDE
VIEW
NOTE
NOT-GO GAGE 12006472
ff the lower receiver is not disassembled, visuaffy Inspect for broken or cfamaged* parts,
and insure that the hammer and trigger springs are correctly installed before beginning
this test. It is not necessary to disassemble the lower receiver for the sole purpose of
this visual inspection. If broken or damaged parts are found, disassemble (p 3-50) and
repair as authorized.
5. Test two hammer pin holes and two trigger pin holes using not-go plug gage (1) P/N 12006472. This test may
be conducted by disassembly of the lower receiver (p 3-50) or by pushing the pin far enough to disengage the
end of the pin from the side of the receiver which is being tested. If the lower receiver is not disassembled and
the not-go plug gage enters any hole to first shoulder (A) the lower receiver must be disassembled and all four
holes must be tested again.
6. Gently insert the not-go plug gage and rotate it 180 degrees. If the no-go plug gage passes through any of the
four pin holes, the rifle is unserviceable and will be turned in for replacement. The gage must penetrate through
the wall thickness to be unserviceable.
e. CLEAN
WARNING
When using technical dichloromethane, be sure the area is well ventilated.
Clean lower receiver and extension assembly with technical dichloromethane.
f. LUBRICATE
WARNING
When using solid film lubricant be sure the area is well ventilated.
Lubricate all items with CLP, LSA, or LAW (p 2-22) before reassembly.
3-57
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
3-16. LOWER RECEIVER AND EXTENSION ASSEMBLY (CONT).
g. REASSEMBLY
1
R^. «. a«
(i^ilF|^^
(a) Install trigger assembly (1) and disconnector (2) into lower receiver and extension subassembly (3).
(b) Install trigger pin (4) using drive pin punch. Push in until flush.
NOTE
E H s f h n n M s p lin g 3 le in ta He d h in i o f tiigg si p in |l |, in lin g in lie n n h i g lo d n
n upper n ifn e of tiig p ' M^ IH'
In s t3 li h 3 n I e I i n e i b if (S |.
\ ] in ti ii h 3 in in M pin [i] y s in g drive pin p y n c L P y s I in n lii fli s L
3-58
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
NOTE
Selector lever (7), if installed, must be positioned in automatic. Long leg of automatic
sear (8) spring must rest on top of selector lever.
(a) Install selector lever (7) and automatic sear (8).
(b) install automatic sear pin (9) into receiver using drive pin punch. Push in until flush.
NOTE
Be sure the magazine button is Installed
correctly, with the grooved face on
the outside of the rifle.
10 In h II li 3 g M In e u U I s p ih g |l I j u i i i p z In e b Htn (11).
|b) In h II nsgnln calch |M)' ^^^^ i^ in iisH^'"^ htin \\ 1 | nhg i d lin pin puni nd
(M I t lo t U is e y Mil Ihn d H end o I c i tt h Is I In I k ilh i i g h in h lU n I m d .
|y in I M n In c i It h
S 'H
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
3-16. LOWER RECEIVER AND EXTENSION ASSEMBLY (CONT).
g. REASSEMBLY (CONT)
(a) Install bolt catch spring (1 3), bolt catch plunger (14), and bolt catch (15).
(b) Secure by installing spring pin (16) using 3/32-inch drive pin punch and hand hammer.
3-17. HAMMER ASSEMBLY
This task covers:
a. Inspection
c. Reassembly
b. Repair
INITIAL SETUP
Applicable Configuration
Equipment Condition
All M16/M16A1 Rifles
Page Condition Description
3-50 Hammer assembly removed
a. DISASSEMBLY
Remove hammer spring (1) from hammer (2).
j c
f
y
3-60
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
E
b. inspection/REPAIR
1. Inspect hammer spring for deformities, breai^s, and bends. Replace if defective.
2. Inspect hammer for chips and breaks and excessive wear on automatic sear notch, disconnector notch, or sear
notch. Replace if defective.
3. Install hammer pin into hole in hammer to check if the spring retains the hammer pin.
c. REASSEMBLY
Install hammer spnng (1) on hammer (2).
3-18. TRIGGER ASSEMBLY.
This task covers:
a. Disassembly
b. Inspection/Repair
c. Reassembly
INITIAL SETUP
Applicable Configuration
All M16/M16A1 Rifles
Equipment Condition
Page Condition Description
3-50 Trigger assembly removed
General Safety Instructions
To avoid injury to your eyes, use care when removing
and installing spring-loaded parts.
I a- DISASSEMBLY
Remove disconnector spring (1) and
trigger spring (2) from trigger (3)
I*-©
3-61
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
3-18. TRIGGER ASSEMBLY (CONT).
b. INSPECTION/REPAIR
1.
Inspect
trigger
spring
for kinks,
deformities,
and weakness.
Replace
if defective.
2.
Inspect
disconnector
spring
for
deformities.
bends.
breaks.
and weakness. Replace
If defective.
3.
Inspect
trigger
for ch
ps and
cracks and excessive
wear on
trigger
nose. Replace if
defective.
c. REASSEMBLY
1. Install disconnector spring (1 ) by inserting
large end of spring into trigger (2).
2. Install trigger spring (3) on trigger (2).
h-<D
3-19. LOWER RECEIVER AND EXTENSION SUBASSEMBLY,
This task covers:
a. Disassembly
d. Test
b. Inspection
e. Reassembly
c. Repair/Modify
INITIAL SETUP
Applicable Configuration
All M16/M16A1 rifles. The lower receivers have
serial numbers and model numbers and will
Materials/Parts
Cloth, abrasive (item 12. ioo D\
Urease, molybdenum disulfide (item 17, fapp D\
not be replaced by Direct Support
Lubricant, solid film (item 19. ipp Dl
Maintenance.
Equipment Condition
Test Equipment
Page Condition Description
Tool and Gage Set 8426685 (1 9204)
3-50 Lower receiver and extension subassembly
removed.
Tools
Field Maintenance Basic Less Power Small Arms
General Safety Instructions
Shop Set SC 4933-95-CL-A11 (19204)
To avoid injury to your eyes, use care when removing
Small Arms Repairman Tool Kit
and installing spring-loaded parts.
SC 5180-95-CL-A07 (19204)
3-62
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
a. DISASSEMBLY
(a) Remove spring pin ('i ) from lower receiver and extension subassembly (2) using l/S-mch drfve pm punch and
hammer.
(b) Remove trigger guard (3).
NOTE
Old type receiver extension requires removal
discard of spring pin (4).
(a) II s p fi^ 3 p li 10 is in ta IIH , fe li M e n d Hs u id
|b ) II d iff It f i I re M in I n Im s in p fin U
inn fi Hj, S i li }Ui \M , B [ M iM MF ( ,
3-63
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
3-19. LOWER RECEIVER AND EXTENSION SUBASSEMBLY (CONT).
WARNING
To avoid injury to your eyes, use care when removing and installing spring-loaded parts.
NOTE
Grip the solid portion of the lower receiver with wooden or brass vise jaws. Use wooden
vise jaws instead of brass vise jaw caps if available.
(a) Clamp lower receiver and extension subassembly (2) in a machinist's vise using vise jaw caps and tighten on
solid portion just tight enough to hold,
NOTE
As lower receiver extension is removed, catch buffer retainer and spring. Lower receiver
is a serial number controlled item.
(b) Remove lower receiver extension (5) from lower receiver (6) using combination wrench and socket wrench han-
dle. Catch buffer retainer (7) and helical spring (8).
b. INSPECTION
1. Inspect lower receiver extension (1 ) for corrosion,
dents, and wear. Repair or replace if defective. See
Ipaqe 3-5g , REPAIR.
2. Inspect buffer retainer (2) for wear and replace if
defective.
3. Inspect helical spring (3) for deformities and
breaks. Replace if defective,
4. Inspect lower receiver (4) for corrosion, wear, and
damage, Se b page 3^ 3. INSPECTION.
5. Inspect trigger guard (5) for deformities and check
operation of plunger and spring (6). Replace trigger
guard if defective.
3-64
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
c. REPAIR/MODIFY
Repair lower receiver extension (1) by using abrasive
cloth to remove light corrosion. Retouch using solid
film lubricant,
OLD
MODIFIED
MODIFIED
NOTE
Lower receiver extensions are usable after forming of flats.
d iff lo w ( [ lecMur MtHsins (1 | |h I n reqnrHj U ahn d m in 9 d in n s it n ysin; file hHlt. hiH fife
c llns t's V In . n d vise \u caps.
jal In s p e 1 1 h « n fe n in 1 {l\ ft 1 d a m i g e . m i i
a Hi M riM in {} I -W], Repair n n p ii c e
H e a p M .
CAUTION
Use extreme care when drilling hole so that
you do not penetrate inner wall of spring
Cavity .
NOTE
1/16 INCH
(.062 DIA)
HOLE DRILLED
INTO SPRING
CAVITY
Spring must be removed before drilling.
(b) Modify lower receiver (2), when required, to
dimensions depicted using 1/1 6 twist drill and
portable electric drill.
3-65
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
3-19. LOWER RECEIVER AND EXTENSION SUBASSEMBLY (CONT).
If serial number is hard to read on weapon, restamp as follows"
(a) Support the receiver in the stamping area to prevent bending and distortion of the receiver.
(b) Exercise extreme care to restamp the same serial number as original
(c) Restamp the serial number the same size as the originalserial number.
NOTE
Most weapon serial numbers are 1/8 inch in height, or close enough that this size
is acceptable for such restamping. In the event that a weapon has a serial number
that cannot be reproduced by the use of the die sets, local purchase of an appropriate
size die set is authorized.
Replace defective components as authorized
d. TEST
Test lower receiver and extension subassembly trigger pin holes and hammer pin holes,
lower receiver lobe area spacinq. Sele paqe 3-5B, TEST.
Test
Seel paqe 3-56.|
3-66
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
e. REASSEMBLY
e— ®
I n I li fl
I 1 n id i^ jy [f to p y i e | m . m n n ( h u n i m in g
1 H ins ti iiin I s p ri^ g 'In d H p i lis .
n N ii h ! lie i i s p rh g |l | n d b y It! i i! Ii in i {1\ into h i n it c mm i (1
(a) I y b fiu te thuds H io i t r it c ein r (3 1 n d inn
iM MH [ n tn s it ^ |4 I Mil I l| b d n u I din itid e
g iM s e b e U re in s h Di b if .
(b) In li ii it ( e I rM ein I n Is n in |t | iHo in m i
in i in [ {l\ i Hie d e p in s i^ g b n tin le ti in e i [l].
Ij H « n d M lin jn s in n n c I inis t'a vin in pine o I bins vis t \n n p s . it n i iii b it .
C in in p s Hid p o itie n el le m i le e e in i end n In s in n s e di b l| |! | in a n a e I in is I's v is e u s i^ g t o H e n lis e jn s
Using t D in b in e tie n i i n i I t t D t H H |S | n d Inq u e u le n e I . to i q y e io » e i le t e in i e i te n io n U S HH tl-ib .
I iq n e is lead i b ( n both mo n e I e s lie n e d Id g e tl e i.
3 ■! I
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
3-19. LOWER RECEIVER AND EXTENSION SUBASSEMBLY (CONT).
(a) Install trigger guard (7) into lower receiver and extension assembly (5).
(b) Fasten with spring pin (8) using 1/8-inch drive pin punch and hammer.
3-20. MAJOR COMPONENTS OF M16 AND M16A1 RIFLE.
This task covers:
a. Reassembly
b. Test
INITIAL SETUP
Applicable Configuration
All M16/M16A1 Rifles
Reference
|TM 9-1005-249-10 floperator's manual)
Test Equipment
Equipment Condition
Tool and Gage Set 846685 (1 9204
Weapon disassembled
Tools
General Safety Instructions
Small Arms Repairman Tool Kit
To avoid injury to your eyes, use care when removing
SC 5180-95-CL-A07 (19204)
and installing spring-loaded parts.
Live ammunition must not be near the work area.
3-68
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
a> REASSEMBLY
M16A1
1. Refer to operator's manual.
2. Install charging handle (1) and bolt carrier assembly (2) into upper receiver assembly (3). Join upper receiver
assembly (3) and lower receiver assembly (4).
3. Snap on small arms sling (5) and install cartridge magazine (6).
I b, TEST
1. Place test fixture rod (1) on bench and add test weights (2) until minimum load of 5.5 lbs is reached.
2. Charge the rifle. Place the selector lever in the semi position.
3. Hold the rifle (3) in a vertical position. Place the end of
the test fixture (1) over the trigger (4). Slowly raise the
rifle in a line parallel to the barrel until the fixture and
weights are suspended.
4. The hammer must not fall. If the hammer falls, the trig-
ger pull is too light and the trigger and/or hammer must
be replaced. Replace the trigger and/or hammer in accor-
riannp with the maintenance procedures provided on
* p ag e s 3 - 6(l and 3-61. If replacement of hammer and/or
trigger fails to correct light trigger pull, replace hammer
springi ( pg 3 -60 and 3-61).
5. Add weights until maximum load of 8.5 lbs is reached.
Repeat the above procedures. The hammer must fall. If
the ham mer does not fall, replace the trigger and/or ham-
mer {se e pg - and 3-61).
NOTE
(2 LB, 8 OZ)
Hammer must not trip until 5.5 pounds have been
applied, and it must trip on applying 8.5 pounds.
(jy^
(1 LB, 8 OZ)
(2 LB, 8
3-69
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
3-21. Ml 6 AND M16A1 RIFLE FINAL INSPECTION.
This task covers:
a. Inspection
b. Test
INITIAL SETUP
Applicable Configuration
All M16/M16A1 Rifles
General Safety Instructions
Live ammunition must not be near the work area.
Test Equipment
Tool and Gage Set 8426685 (1 9204
Tools
Small Arms Repairman Tool Kit
SC 5180-95-CL-A07 (19204)
Reference
Before starting an inspection on a weapon equipped
with a low light level sight, check for damage to the
low liaht level siaht. See procedures listed onl oaael
2-19.
TM 9-1005-249-10 floperator's manual)
Equipment Condition
Weapon assembled
a. INSPECTION
1
(a) Visually inspect general appearance of weapon. Weapon should look almost new. All metal surfaces are to
have a dull, rust-or corrosion-resistant finish with no burrs or deep scratches. Solid film lubricant (item 19.1 appi
[Q is the only authorized touch up for this weapon.
(b) Visually inspect barrel for serviceability. Barrels must be straight, clean, free of rust, powder fouling, and free
of bulges and rings. Fine pitting is allowable.
(c) Visually inspect weapon for missing parts and serial numbers. All parts must be attached and all modifications
must be applied. Serial numbers must be legible and steel parts must be rust free. Spring pins must be secure
and screws must be tight.
i ] I.
! U r U 1 p naln's m n y i I n d use Ih e
FuKlionllf in s p e c I h^ nd h II niiiei n ss n b 1^ nd gn tu b ! Hig
lo lU » in 3 p in H y IM :
(a) Disengage the takedown pin and open the receiver.
(b) Remove bolt carrier assembly.
(c) Remove bolt assembly from bolt carrier assembly.
(d) Insert bolt carrier and key into upper receiver and barrel assembly. The bolt assembly must not be installed
while performing test.
(e) Slide bolt carrier and key forward to detect binding between key and bolt carrier assembly and gas tube by
feel. Badly bent gas tube could cause damage to both the key and bolt carrier assembly and the gas tube. A
slightly bent gas tube will cause unnecessary wear of the carrier and key assembly and gas tube.
(f) Correct slight binding by removing hand guards and slightly bending gas tube in the handguard area while
repeating step (e) above until no binding is detected. Badly bent gas tubes will be replaced and realigned.
(g) Remove key and bolt carrier assembly from upper receiver and barrel assembly.
(h) Reassemble bolt assembly into key and bolt carrier assembly.
(i) Reinstall bolt carrier assembly into upper receiver and barrel assembly.
3-70
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
3-21. M16 AND M16A1 RIFLE FINAL INSPECTION (CONT;
a. INSPECTION (CONT)
(a) Make the following functional checks on assembled rifte with selector lever in SAFE, SEMI, and AUTO
2 position. The test sequence is used for a rapid complete check. Any portion may be used alone to deter-
mine the operational condition of any special firing' position selected:
(1) Remove magazine, if installed.
(2) Pull charging handle assembly to rear. Check that chamber is clear. Let bolt and bolt carrier close. Leave
hammer in cocked position. Do not pull trigger.
WARNING
If weapon fails any of the following tests, continued use of the weapon could result
in injury to, or death of, personnel.
(3) Place selector lever in SAFE position and pull trigger. Hammer should not fall.
(4) Place selector lever in SEMI position.
(5) Pull trigger. Hammer should fall.
NOTE
For the purpose of the following test "SLOW" is defined as 1/4 to 1/2 the normal
rate of trigger release.
(6) Hold trigger to the rear, charge weapon and release the trigger with a slow, smooth motion without hesita-
tions or stops, until the trigger is fully forward (an audible click should be heard). Hammer should not fall.
(7) Repeat the above selector lever SEMI position test five times. The weapon must not malfunction during any
of these five tests. If the weapon malfunctions during any of these five tests, see repair of lower receiver
and extension assembly (p 3-55).
(8) Place selector lever in AUTO position. Charge weapon and pull trigger. Hammer should fall.
(9) Hold trigger to the rear, charge weapon, and release trigger. Pull trigger. Hammer should not fall. Automatic
assembly sear should have released the hammer as the bolt closed.
(10) With the hammer in the forward position and using finger/thumb pressure, attempt to place the selector
lever in SAFE position. The selector lever must not move into SAFE position.
(b) Perform the following additional functional checks and adjustment on assembled rifle:
( 1 ) Press magazine catch button. Make sure it functions properly.
(2) Press bolt catch. Make certain it operates smoothly and holds bolt in open position.
(3) Adjust front sight and rear sight. Make certain they can be adjusted properly. Refer to operator's manual.
(4) Actuate forward assist assembly (M16A1 rifles only). It must work freely.
b. TEST
1. Check headspace using headspace gage PN 7799734. S de page 3-3I B. TEST.
2. Check firing pin protrusion using firing pin protrusion gage PN 7799735. Se b page 3-1B . TEST.
3. Check extent of barrel erosion using barrel erosion gage PN 8448496 or PN 7799792. See Ipaaes 3-351 and
3-37, TEST.
Check muzzle erosion using muzzle erosion gage PN 8448677 (non-chrome barrels only) (p 3-35).
Check barrel straightness using barrel straightness gage PN 8448202 (p3-37).
Check firing pin hole using firing pin hole gage PN 12620101 (p 3-1 8).
Refer to trigger pull test (p 3-69).
3-71
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
3-22. M16 AND M16A1 RIFLE ANNUAL INSPECTION AND GAGE REQUIREMENTS.
This task covers:
a. Inspection
b. Gaging
INITIAL SETUP
Applicable Configuration
All M16/M16A1 Rifles
Test Equipment
Tool and Gage Set 8426685
Tools
DA Form 2407
Small Arms Repair Tool Kit
SC 5180-95-CL-A07 (19204)
Field Maintenance Basic Less Power Small Arms
Shop Equipment SC 4933-95-CL-A11 (19204)
Reference
ITM 9-1005-249-10 (operator's manual)
AFR 50-36. Volume 1
Equipment Condition
Weapon assembled.
General Safety Instructions
To avoid injury to your eyes, use care when
removing and installing spring-loaded parts.
Before starting an inspection on a weapon
equipped with a low light level sight, check for
damage to the sight and decontaminate if re-
quired. See procedures i p L;napier~p , Section V.
All rifles used at training centers (Army only) should
be inspected and gaged at the end of each training
cycle. This gaging/inspection will be conducted at
the discretion of the unit commander. However, the
time between inspection shall not exceed one year.
All Active Army M16/M16A1 rifles must be inspected
and gaged at least once annually for safety.
All Army Reserve and Army National Guard
M16/M16A1 rifles must be inspected and gaged at
least once every two years, after the initial inspec-
tion/gaging procedures have been accomplished.
This two year interval may be maintained unless
preventive maintenance checks and services
(PMCS), or other physical evidence indicates that
an individual unit's M16/M16A1 rifles require in-
spection at a more frequent interval. If it is deter-
mined that a yearly inspection is necessary for an
individual unit, only that unit will be affected. This
will not affect other units in regard to the interval
of inspection.
Air Force Ml 6 rifle will be inspected in accordance
with AFR 50-36, Volume 1, Chapter 5.
a. INSPECTION
Visually inspect general appearance of rifle. Overall appearance will be approximately that of a new weapon. For
inspection criteria refer to final inspection. I page 3-73J All visual and functional inspection requirements must be
met.
NOTE
To perform the following tests, disassemble weapon only as far as allowed in
I Chapter ~T] (Unit Maintenance Instructions), unless a deficiency is uncovered.
2. Perform a general inspection of rifle pe l* chapter 3 (Direct Support Maintenance Instructions) section V. Repair
as required and authorized.
3-72
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-238LP
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
3-22. M16 AND M16A1 RIFLE ANNUAL INSPECTION AND GAGE REQUIREMENTS (CONT).
b. GAGING
1. Gage bolt assembly for firing pin protrusion using firing pin protrusion gage FN 7799735. S de page 3-1B . TEST.
2. Gage bolt assembly for firing pin hole wear using not-go plug gage FN 12620101. S de page 3-1B . TEST.
3. Inspect chamber in upper receiver and barrel assembly using chamber reflector tool FN 8448201. See I page!
I3-26J inspection/CLEANING.
4. Gage barrel in upper receiver and barrel assembly using barrel erosion gage FN 7799792 or FN 8448496 as ap-
plicable. Use muzzle erosion gage FN 8448677 on nonchromed barrels only. Use bore straightness gage FN
8448202 on all barrels. See l pages 3-3B through 3-39, TEST.
5. Check headspace in upper receiver and barrel assembly by inserting headspace gage FN 7799734 in chamber.
See l page 3-39 , TEST.
6. Gage hammer and trigger pin holes in lower receiver assembly using not-go plug gage FN 12006472. See l page)
[3:56] TEST.
7. Gage trigger pull using trigger pull measuring fixture FN 7274758. Se fe page 3-69 . TEST.
8. Document inspection with DA Form 2407 and DD Form 314 when completed. Air Force users refer to AFTO
Form 105.
Section VI. FREEMBARKATION INSPECTION OF MATERIEL IN UNITS ALERTED FOR OVERSEAS MOVEMENT
3-23. GENERAL. Refer to TB 9-1000-247-34.
3-73 (3-74 blank)
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
CHAPTER 4
MAINTENANCE OF AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT
CHAPTER OVERVIEW
This chapter contains information and instructions to keep auxiliary equipment used with your weapon in good repair.
Section I. UNIT AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT
4-1. GENERAL. This chapter covers Unit and Direct Support Maintenance of Auxiliary Equipment.
a. The following materiel is used in conjunction with the M16/M16A1 rifle:
(1) Bayonet-knife M7, NSN 1005-00-073-9238.
(2) Bayonet-knife scabbard M10, NSN 1095-00-223-7164.
(3) 40-mm Grenade Launcher M203, NSN 1010-00-179-6447.
(4) Low Light Level Sight (front), NSN 1005-00-234-1568, Low Light Level Sight (rear), NSN 1005-00-071-8015.
NOTE
The Low Light Level Sights (front and rear) are no longer being manufactured and
are obsolete items.
(5) Lock Plate, NSN 1005-00-233-9031.
(6) Top Sling Adapter, NSN 1005-00-406-1570
(7) Rifle Bipod M3, NSN 1005-00-992-6676.
(8) Bipod Carrying Case, NSN 1005-00-283-9439.
(9) Blank Firing Attachment M15A2, NSN 1005-00-118-6192.
b. Refer to TM 9-1 01 0-221 -24&P for unit maintenance for the Grenade Launcher M203.
I
c. Refer to TM 9 -1005-237-23&P fo r repair instructions and repair parts for Bayonet-Knife M7 and Bayonet-Knife
Scabbard M10.
d. Refer to TM 9-6920-363-1 2&P for unit maintenance of the M261 Conversion Kit (caliber .22 rimfire adapter).
e. Coast Guard (ONLY) NAVSEA OP 4445 M87 MOD 1 Line Throwing Rifle Adapter Kit.
4-1
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
4-2. LOW LIGHT LEVEL FRONT SIGHT.
This task covers:
a. DisassetTibly
b. Inspection
c. Reassembly
d. Wrapping and Packaging
IWITIAL SETUP
Applicable Configuration
AN M16/M16A1 Rifles
Tools
Front sight post arid low li qiit leve l frorit s ight post
removal/installation tool
4»4
(fiy E 1 app E
Reference
Warning page radiatiorn hazard.
General Safety Instructions
Low light level sights will be removed from weapons
that are being transferred or unserviceable or aie
being disposed.
Low light level front sight contains radioactive
material.
Do not insert metal objects into the post slot o\ other
wise treat sight roughly to cause breakage of the
radioactive elemetit.
Do not eat, drink, or smoke while working on the k")vv
light level sights.
a. DISASSEMBLY
1. Remove low light level fionl siyhl (1) using front slight po:t -.;nd jovf ■;ghl level front ;-,ight post lemoviiig and in
stallation tool (2).
2. Catch front sight detent (3) and helical spring (4) to prevent loss.
4-2
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
b„ INSPECTION
Visually mspect low light !eve! front sight for broken/or damaged radioac-
tive element. Inspect manufacturer's data. Replace sight if more than 144
months have elapsed. Ensure that the rear sight is the rear bw light level
sight (1). If not, you must have direct support maintenance replace the
standard rear sight with the rear low light level sight as the sights must
mate. Ensure the sight is marked with luminous matenal H3. Sights with
any other lunninous material must be replaced with the appropriate sight.
c. REASSEMBLY
1. Install helical spring HI front sight detent (2| and hold in
position.
2. install low light level front sight (3) using front sight post
and low light level front sight post removing and installa-
tion tool f4K
d. WRAPPING AND PACKAGING
1
ELEMENTS SEES^J
FROM 2 SiDES Of^LY
RADIOACTIVE
CONTENT 9MC
DATE OF
MANUFACTURE
LUMINOUS
MATERIAL
H3
RADIATION
SYMBOL
Broken low light level sight post {1} wit! be removed
and placed in a plastic bag. All defective and/or out-
dated components will be returned to the storage ac-
tivity for disposal in accordance with AR 385-1 1.
{a) Low light level systems that have been removed
from rifles will be protected by applying a protec-
tive, chemically-neutral paper conforming to MIL-
P-17667 (SB 38-100) and placed in a plastic
bag.
ib] Final packaging of rear {2) and front HI low light
level sights wilt be in accordance with instruc-
tions provided in MIL-STD-1 169, pending possi-
ble reuse or disposal These packaging criteria are
furnished since a terminal test for radiation and
iuminosity will be required.
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST MS370.9
4-3. LOCK PLATE.
This task covers:
a. Installation
b. Removal
c. Inspection
INITIAL SETUP
Applicable Configuration
All M16/M16A1 Rifles
Tools
Small Arms Repairman Tool Kit
SC 5180-95-CL-A07 (19204)
WARNING
The lock plate prevents the selector from being placed in AUTO and will be installed
at the discretion of the unit commander. It is mandatory for use in civil disturbance
(riot control).
a. INSTALLATION
1
Using a screwdriver, reach inside rifle grip (1) and
remove screw (2) and lockwasher (3).
Carefully remove rifle grip (1). Hold helical spring
(4) in place.
4-4
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
NOTE
Selector lever must be in SAFE or SEMI
position.
Install lock plate (5) with the detect helical spring
passing through the hole in the right side of the
lockplate, and the arm on the outside of the receiver
pointing to the SAFE position.
H i^ g a s cie H lin i, s ! c u is g i
} |1 ) b f in N llln g
b. REMOVAL
I -i
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
4-3. LOCK PLATE (CONT).
b. REMOVAL (CONT)
Carefully remove rifle grip (3) and hold helical spring
(4) in place.
Still holding helical spring (4) in place, remove
lockplate (5).
Using a screwdriver, secure rifle grip (3) with
lockwasher (2) and screw (1).
4-6
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
c. INSPECTION
Inspect tock plate (1) for bends affecting serviceability
or for missing tang (2). Replace if unserviceable or if
tang {2) is broken off.
4-4. TOP SLING ADAPTER.
This task covers:
a. Installation
b. Removal
c. Inspection
INITIAL SETUP
Applicable Configuration
All M16/M16A1 Rifles
Reference
TM 9-1005-249-10 (operator's manual)
Materials/Parts
Top sling adapter kit PN 8448471
a. INSTALLATION
1
(a} Refer to operator's manual and remove rifle sling,
fb) Install top sling adapter strap (1) through sling
swivel {2) and tie.
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
4-4. TOP SLING ADAPTER (CONT),
a. INSTALLATION (CONT)
(a) Attach rifle sling (5) to top sling adapter strap (1) and to clamp (31,
(b) Adjust sling (5).
b. REMOVAL
1
Remove rifle sling (1) from top sling adapter strap (2)
and clamp (3).
4-8
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
(a) Remove clamp (3) from front sight base (5).
(b) Refer to operator's manual and install rifle sling,
c. INSPECTION
Visually inspect top sling adapter strap (1) and
replace if it is badly worn or damaged.
4-9
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
4-5. RIFLE BIPOD MS.
This task covers:
a. Installation
b. Removal
0. Inspection
INITIAL SETUP
Applicable Configuration
All M16/M16A1 Rifles
Materials/Parts
Carrying case NSN 1005-00-283-9439
Rifle biped M3 NSN 1005-00-992-6676
a. INSTALLATION
1
Remove rifle biped M3 (1) from case (2).
I in la II rille Hp H M (1 |, s q y n ! s b ip H Is p
h g E th M, s n p u lifls b nie I |1 1, 3 H le It i s e biped
legs.
4-10
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
b. REMOVAL
c. INSPECTION
1. Squeeze bipod legs (1) together and remove from
rifle barrel (2).
2. Install bipod in case.
1. Visually inspect bipod (1) for bent or broken
parts. Damaged, broken, or bent bipods should be
replaced. Bipod must have a good finish.
2. Inspect bipod case (2) for wear. Badly worn cases
should be replaced.
4-6. BLANK FIRING ATTACHMENT M15A2.
This task covers:
a. Installation
b. Removal
c. Cleaning
d. Inspection
e. Repainting
f. Replacement
INITIAL SETUP
Applicable Configuration
All M16/M16A1 Rifles
Materials/Parts
Cleaner, lupTfrani and pr
(item 9, app D)
eservative (CLP)
bore (RBC)
escent
(LAW) (item 20,
(LSA) (item 21,
General Safety Instructions
Do not keep live ammunition near the work area.
Only blank cartridge M200 is to be used when
the blank firing attachment is attached to the
rifle.
(item 11, app D)
(item 13, app D)
Lubricating Oil, Weapons
Lubricating Oil, Weapons
1
ZJ
|app
app
I'
300-1 60-91 -6
4-11
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
4-6- BLANK FIRIIMG ATTACHMENT Wn5A2 (CONT). |
a. INSTALLATION
1
WARNING
Do not shoot ob-
jects with blanks
closer than 20
feet.
Unscrew and pull slide (1) all the way out on blank
firing attachment (21.
CAUTION
Do not use tools to tighten the blank firing
attachment. USE HANDS ONLY.
Push slide (11 into flash suppressor (3) and hand
tighten.
NOTE
Check and retighten after firing approximate
ly 50 blank rounds.
Lift blank firing attachment (31 up off of flash sup-
pressor (2).
Hook blank firing attachment (2) behind the first
groove of the flash suppressor (3).
b. REMOVAL
1
Unscrew and pull slide (11 all the way out of flash
suppressor (2).
4-12
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
c. CLEANING
Clean blank firing attachment with CLP or RBC, wipe dry, and lubricate with CLP, LSA, or LAW {p2-22).
d. INSPECTION
Inspect blank firing attachment for cracks or distortion. Be sure the parts in the slide are clear and clean. If blank
firing attachment is cracked or distorted, it is unserviceable.
e. REPAINTING
Blank firing attachment must be clean and all lubricant must be removed prior to painting. Repaint blank firing at-
tachment using fluorescent coating compound. Painting is the only repair authorized.
f. REPLACEMENT
Replace blank firing attachment if unserviceable.
Section II. PREPARATION FOR STORAGE OR SHIPMENT
4-7. PREPARATION FOR SHIPMENT.
a. Rifles, bipod assemblies, or grenade launchers removed from storage for shipment need not be reprocessed
unless inspection reveals them to be inadequately preserved,
b. Packagingjf required, for shipping/storage which will not exceed 90 days shall be as follows:
(1) Clean in accordance with TM.
(2) Wrap with MIL-B-121 waterproof material.
(3) Place in barrier bag MIL-B-117, Type I, Class C, or wrap with MIL-B-121, Type 1, Grade A, and seal with tape,
PPP-T-76.
(4) Place One Or more Of item in minimum size container. Block and brace in accordance with MIL-STD-1186.
Cushion the M16 and similar weight items with PPP-C-843, and use PPP-F-320 as filler, to create a tight pack.
(a) Fiberboard containers shall be in accordance with PPP-B-636 and may be Class Domestic. Gross weight and
size of material shall determine grade of fiberboard container. PPP-B-640 may also be used.
(b) Wood containers shall be in accordance with PPP-B-601 or PPP-B-621.
(5) Equivalent materials may be used.
(6) Mark lAW MIL-STD-129.
4-8. SHIPMENT OF RIFLES TO DEPOT THAT ARE IN EXCESS TO USER. All rifles that are being returned to depot
that are in excess to user will be returned in serviceable condition, condition code A, if local CATM has the ability to
repair. (Rifles will be returned with magazine and sling. )
4-13 (4-14 blank)
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
APPENDIX A
REFERENCES
A-1 . TECHNICAL BULLETINS.
TB 9-1000-247-34 Standards for Overseas Shipment or Domestic Issue of Small Arms, Aircraft Ar-
mament, Towed Howitzers, Mortars, Recoilless Rifles, Rocket Launchers and
Associated Fire Control Equipment
TB 43-0002-73 Maintenance Expenditures Limits for FSC Group 10; FSC Classes 1005, 1010,
1015, 1030, 1055, 1090, and 1095
TB 43-0196 Inspection and Certification of Gages - Small Arms
A-2. TECHNICAL MANUAL/TECHNICAL ORDERS.
I TM 9-1005-237 -23SR Unit and Direct Support Maintenance Manual (Including Repair Parts and Special
Tools List) for Bayonet-Knife M6 and M7, with Bayonet Knife Scabbard M10
FTM 9-1005-249 - ID ...Operator's Manual for Rifle, 5.56MM, M16 and M16A1
TM 9-1010-221 -24&P Organizational, Direct Support and General Support Maintenance Manual Including
Repair Parts and Special Tools List for Launcher, Grenade: 40-mm M203 W/E
(NSN 1010-00-1 79-6447)
TM 9-6920 -363 -12&P M261 Conversion Kit
TM 11-1090-268-13 Operator's, Organizational, and Direct Support Maintenance Manual: Night Vision
Sight, Individual Served Weapon AN/PVS-1
TM 750-244-7 Procedures for Destruction of Equipment in Federal Supply Classifications 1000,
1005, 1010, 1015, 1020, 1025, 1030, 1055, 1090, and 1095 to Prevent
Enemy Use
TO00-35D-54 Technical Order, Materiel Deficiency Reporting and Investigating System
TO11W-1-10 Recording of Inspection, Maintenance, and Firing Date for Ground Weapons
T011W3-5-5-1 Operator's Manual for Rifle, 5.56 MM, Ml 6 and M16A1
TO 33K-1-100 Technical Manual (TMDE) Interval Calibration and Repair TO Reference Guide and
Work Unit Code Manual
TO 11 A 13-10 -7 Storage and Maintenance Procedures for Small Arms Ammunition
A-3. ARMY/AIR FORCE REGULATIONS
AR 385-11 Ionizing Radiation Protection (Licensing, Control, Transportation, Disposal, and
Radiation Safety)
AR 700-64 Radioactive Commodities in the DOD Supply System (NAVSUPPUB 5012/AFM
67-8/MCO P4400. 105/DSAM 41 45.8)
AFR 50-36 Volume 1 Combat Arms Training and Maintenance Program Management
A-1
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
A-4. FIELD MANUALS
FM 21-11 First Aid for Soldiers
FM 23-9 M16A1 Rifle and Rifle Marksmanship
A-5. PAMPHLETS
DA PAM 25-30, Consolidated Index Army Publications and Forms
DA PAM 738-750, The Army Maintenance Management System (TAMMS)
A-6. RELATED PUBLICATIONS
COMDTINST M4855.1 ., Comptroller Manual Volume 10 Quality Assurance
CTA 8-100 Army Medical Department Expendable/Durable Items
CTA 50-970 Expendable/Durable Items (Except: Medical, Class V, Repair Parts and Heraldic
Items)
MIL-STD-1169 Packaging, Packing and Marking for Shipment to Inert Ammunition Components
MIL-B-121 Barrier Material, Greaseproofed, Waterproofed, Flexible (NSN 8135-00-753-4661)
MIL-B-117 Bag, Sleeve and Tubing-interior Packaging (NSN 8135-00-543-6574)
PPP-B-636 Boxes, Shipping, Fiberboard
PPP-B-601 Boxes, Wood, Cleated Plywood
MIL-STD-129 Marking for Shipment and Storage
PPP-T-76 Tape, Packaging, Paper
MIL-STD-1186 . ., ., Cushioning, Anchoring, Bracing, Blocking and Waterproofing; with appropriated
test methods
PPP-C-843 Cushioning Material, Cellulosic
PPP-F-320 Fiberboard, Corrugated and Solid Sheet Stock (Container Grade), and Cut Shapes
PPP-B-640 Boxes, Fiberboard, Corrugated, Triple-Wall
PPP-B-621 Boxes, Wood, Nailed and Locked-Corner
SPI 00-856-6885 Special Packaging Instructions
A-7. SUPPLY CATALOGS.
SC 5180-95-CL-A07 Small Arms Repairman Tool Kit
SC 4933-95-CL-A1 1 Field Maintenance Basic Less Power Small Arms Shop Set
A-2
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
APPENDIX B
MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART
Section 1. INTRODUCTION
B-1 . GENERAL.
a. This section provides a general explanation of all maintenance and repair functions authorized at various mainte-
nance categories.
b. The Maintenance Allocation Chart (MAC) in section II designates overall authority and responsibility for the per-
formance of maintenance functions on the identified end item or component. The application of the maintenance func-
tions to the end item or component will be consistent with the capacities and capabilities of the designated mainte-
nance categories.
c. Section III lists the tools and test equipment (both special tools and common tool sets) required for each mainte-
nance function as referenced from section II.
d. Section IV contains supplemental instructions and explanatory notes for a particular maintenance function.
B-2. MAINTENANCE FUNCTIONS. Maintenance functions will be limited to and defined as follows: (except for am-
munition MAC).
a. Inspect. To determine the serviceability of any item by comparing its physical, mechanical, and/or electrical char-
acteristics with established standards through examination (e.g., by sight, sound, or feel).
b. Test. To verify serviceability by measuring the mechanical, pneumatic, hydraulic, or electrical characteristics of
an item and comparing those characteristics with prescribed standards.
c. Service. Operations required periodically to keep an item in proper operating condition, i.e., to clean (includes
decontaminate, when required), to preserve, to drain, to paint, or to replenish fuel, lubricants, chemical fluids, or
gases.
d. Adjust. To maintain or regulate, within prescribed limits, by bringing into proper or exact position, or by setting
the operating characteristics to specified parameters.
e. Align. To adjust specified variable elements of an item to bring about optimum or desired performance.
f. Calibrate. To determine and cause corrections to be made or to be adjusted on instruments or test, measuring
and diagnostic equipments used in precision measurement. Consists of comparison of two instruments, one of which
is a certified standard of known accuracy, to detect and adjust any discrepancy in the accuracy of the instrument be-
ing compared.
NOTE
Air Force Precision Measurement Equipment Laboratory (PMEL) person will calibrate
small arms inspection gages in accordance with TO 33K-1 -100.
g. Remove/Install. To remove and install the same item when required to perform service or other maintenance
functions. Install may be the act of emplacing, seating, or fixing into position a spare, repair part, or module (compo-
nent or assembly) in a manner to allow the proper functioning of an equipment or system.
h. Replace. To remove an unserviceable item and install a serviceable counterpart in its place. "Replace" is author-
ized by the MAC and is shown as the 3d position code of the SMR code.
'Exception is authorized for ammunition MAC to permit the redesignation/redefinition of maintenance function
headings to more adequately identify ammunition maintenance functions. The, heading designations and definitions will
be included in the appropriate technical manual for each category of ammunition.
B-1
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST IUI8370.9
i. Repair. The application of maintenance services', including fault location/troubleshooting', removal/installation,
and disassembly/assembly' procedures, and maintenance actions to identify troubles and restore serviceability to an
item by correcting specific damage, fault, malfunction, or failure in a part, subassembly, module (component or
assembly), end item, or system.
j. Overhaul. That maintenance effort (service/action) prescribed to restore an item to a completely serviceable/opera-
tional condition as required by maintenance standards in appropriate technical publications (i. e., DMWR). Overhaul is
normally the highest degree of maintenance performed by the Army. Overhaul does not normally return an item to like
new condition.
k. Rebuild. Consists of those services/actions necessary for the restoration of unserviceable equipment to a like new
condition in accordance with original manufacturing standards. Rebuild is the highest degree of materiel maintenance
applied to Army equipment. The rebuild operation includes the act of returning to zero those age measurements
(hours/miles, etc. ) considered in classifying Army equipment/components.
B-3. EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS IN THE MAC, SECTION II.
a. Column 1, Group Number. Column 1 lists functional group code numbers, the purpose of which is to identify
maintenance significant components, assemblies, subassemblies, and modules with the next higher assembly. End
item group number shall be "00. "
b. Column 2, Component/Assembly. Column 2 contains the names of components, assemblies, subassemblies, and
modules for which maintenance is authorized.
c. Column 3, Maintenance Function. Column 3 lists the functions to be performed on the item listed in column 2.
(For detailed explanation of these functions, see | paragraph 6-27] )
d. Column 4, Maintenance Level. Column 4 specifies, by the listing of a work time figure in the appropriate sub-
column(s), the level of maintenance authorized to perform the function listed in column 3. This figure represents the
active time required to perform that maintenance function at the indicated level of maintenance. If the number or
complexity of the tasks within the listed maintenance function vary at different maintenance levels, appropriate work
time figures will be shown for each level. The work time figure represents the average time required to restore an
item (assembly, subassembly, component, module, end item, or system) to a serviceable condition under typical field
operating conditions. This time includes preparation time (including any necessary disassembly/assembly time),
troubleshooting/fault location time, and quality assurance/quality control time in addition to the time required to per-
form the specific tasks identified for the maintenance functions authorized in the maintenance allocation chart. The
symbol designations for the various maintenance levels are as follows:
C . . . Operator or Crew H . General Support Maintenance
O Unit Maintenance L Specialized Repair Activity (SPA)'
F Direct Support Maintenance D . Depot Maintenance
Services — inspect, test, service, adjust, align, calibrate, and/or replace.
Fault tocate/troubleshoot — The process of investigating and detecting the cause of equipment malfunctioning; the
act of isolating a fault within a system or unit under test (UUT).
Disassemble/assembly — encompasses the step-by-step taking apart (or breakdown) of a spare/functional group
coded item to the level of its least componency identified as maintenance significant (i. e., assigned as SMR code) for
the category of maintenance under consideration.
Actions — welding, grinding, riveting, straightening, facing, remachining, and/or resurfacing.
This maintenance level is not included in Section 11, column (4) of the Maintenance Allocation Chart. To identify
functions to this level of maintenance, enter a work time figure in the "H" column of Section 11, column (4), and use
an associated reference code in the Remarks column (6). Key the code to Section IV, Remarks, and explain the SRA
complete repair application there. The explanatory remark(s) shall reference the specific Repair Parts and Special Tools
List (RPSTL) TM which contains additional SRA criteria and the authorized spare/repair parts.
B-2
ARMY TM 9-100-249-23&P
AIR-FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
e. Column 5, Tools and Equipment. Column 5 specifies, by code, those common tool sets (not individual tools)
and special tools, TMDE, and support equipment required to perform the designated function.
f. Column 6, Remarks. This column shall, when applicable, contain a letter code, in alphabetic order, which
shall be keyed to the remarks contained in Section IV.
B-4. EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS IN TOOL AND TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS, SECTION III.
a. Column 1, Reference Code. The tool and test equipment reference code correlates with a code used in the
MAC, section II, column 5.
b. Column 2, Maintenance Level. The lowest level of maintenance authorized to use the tool or test equipment.
c. Column 3, Nomenclature. Name or identification of the tool or test equipment.
d. Column 4, National Stock Number. The National stock number oft he tool or test equipment
e. Column 5, Tool Number. The manufacturer's part number,
B-5. EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS IN REMARKS, SECTION IV.
a. Column 1, Reference Code The code recorded in column 6, Section II.
b. Column 2. Remarks. This column lists information pertinent to the maintenance function being performed as
indicated in the MAC, section II.
B-3
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
Section II. MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART
FOR
M16/M16A1 RIFLE
(1)
(2)
(3)
(41
(51
(61
Maintenance Level
Tools
Direct
General
Group
Number
Component/
Assembly
Maintenance
Function
Unit
Support
Support
Depot
and
EQPT
Remarks
C
F
H
D
00
M16/M16A1 RIFLE
Inspect
Test
Service
Replace
*Overhaul
0.1
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.1
0.3
0.3
3
01
BOLT CARRIER
ASSEMBLY
Inspect
Test
Service
Remove/
Install
Replace
Repair
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.2
3
2
0101
Bolt Assembly
Inspect
Test
Service
Remove/
Install
Replace
Repair
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.2
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.2
3
2
0102
Key and Bolt
Carrier Assembly
Inspect
Service
Replace
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.2
1,2
Repair
0.1
0.2
1,3
A
02
CHARGING HANDLE
ASSEMBLY
Inspect
Service
Remove/
Install
Replace
Repair
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
2
*Worl< items Tor Depot Overhaul are not included
B-4
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
Section II. MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART
FOR
M16/M16A1 RIFLE (Continued)
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
{51
(6)
Maintenance Level
Tools
Direct
General
Group
Number
Component/
Assembly
Maintenance
Function
Unit
Support
Support
Depot
and
EQPT
Remarks
C
Q
F
H
D
03
UPPER RECEIVER AND
BARREL ASSEMBLY
Inspect
Test
Service
Remove/
Install
Replace
0.1
0.2
0.1
0.2
0.2
0.1
0.2
1.2
2
1,2,3,4
Repair
0.5
0.5
1,2,3
B
0301
Rifle Barrel Assembly
Replace
Remove/
Install
0.5
0.2
2,3,4
0302
Upper Receiver
Assembly
Inspect
Replace
Repair
0.1
0.5
0.3
2,3,4
3,4
030201
Forward Assist
Assembly
Inspect
Remove/
Install
Replace
Repair
Service
0.1
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.1
3
3
3
3
04
LOWER RECEIVER AND
Inspect
0.1
0.2
0.2
EXTENSION ASSEM-
Test
0.1
3
E
BLY
Service
0.2
0.2
Repair
0.3
0.3
2,3,6
C
0401
Buttstock Assembly
Inspect
Remove/
Install
Replace
Repair
Service
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
3
3
3
0402
Hammer Assembly
Inspect
Remove/
Install
Replace
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
3
3
3
B-5
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
Section II. MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART
FOR
M16/M16A1 RIFLE (Continued)
(1)
Group
Number
(2)
Component/
Assembly
(3)
Maintenance
Function
(4)
Maintenance Level
(5)
Tools
and
EQPT
(6)
Remarks
Unit
Direct
Support
General
Support
Depot
C
O
F
H
D
0403
Trigger Assembly
Inspect
Remove/
Install
Replace
Repair
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
3
3
3
0404
Lower Receiver and
Extension Subassembly
Inspect
Test
Repair
0.1
0.1
0.3
0.1
3,6
3
D
Section III. TOOL AND TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS
FOR
M16/M16A1 RIFLE
(1)
(2)
(3)
(41
(51
Tool/Test
Equipment
Maintenance
National/NATO
Ref. Code
Level
Nomenclature
Stock Number
Tool Number
1
F
Shop Set, Small Arms; Field
Maintenance, Basic Less
Power
4933-00-754-0664
SC4933-95-CL-A11
2
F
Tool and Gage Set DS/GS
Maintenance for 5.56mm Rifle,
M 16 Series
4933-00-056-7106
8426685
3
0,F
Tool Kit, Small Arms
Repairman
5180-00-357-7770
SC 5180-95-CL-A07
4
F
Torque Wrench ft. lb
5120-00-640-6365
Part of Army Tool
Set
5
F
Torque Wrench in. lb.
5120-00-230-6380
Part of Army Tool
Set
6
F
Trigger Weights
4933-00-647-3696
Part of Army Tool
Set
Section IV. REMARKS
REFERENCE CODE REMARKS
Tool, Key
Tool, Sight Remover
Tool, Pivot Pin Removing
Only direct support level maintenance is authorized to restamp serial numbers
Lower Receiver Go-No Go Gage
B-6
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
APPENDIX C
UNIT AND DIRECT SUPPORT MAINTENANCE
REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LIST
(INCLUDING DEPOT MAINTENANCE REPAIR PARTS)
section I. INTRODUCTION
c-1. SCOPE. This RPSTL lists and authorizes spares and repair parts; special tools; special test, measure-
ment, and diagnostic equipment (TMDE); and other special support equipment required for performance of
unit and direct support maintenance of the rifle. It authorizes the requisitioning, issue, and disposition of
spares, repair parts, and special tools indicated by the Source, Maintenance, and Recoverability (SMR)
codes.
C-2. GENERAL. In addition to Section I, Introduction, this Repair Parts and Special Tools List is divided
into the following sections:
a. Section II. Repair Parts List. A list Of spares and repair parts authorized by this RPSTL for use in
the performance of maintenance. The list also includes parts which must be removed for replacement of the
authorized parts. Parts lists are composed of functional groups in ascending alphanumeric sequence, with
the parts in each group listed in ascending figure and item number sequence. Bulk materials are listed by
item name in FIG. BULK at the end of the section. Repair parts kits are listed separately in their own
functional group within section II. Repair parts for repairable special tools are also listed in this section.
Items listed are shown on the associated illustration(s)/figure(s).
b. Section III. Special Tools List. A list Of special tools, special TMDE, and other special support, equip-
ment authorized by this RPSTL (as indicated by Basis of Issue (BOI) information in DESCRIPTION AND
USABLE ON CODE column) for the performance of maintenance.
c. Section IV. Cross-Reference Index. A list. In National item identification number (NUN) sequence, of all
National stock numbered items appearing in the listing, followed by a list in alphanumeric sequence of all
part numbers appearing in the listings. National stock numbers and part numbers are cross-referenced to
each illustration figure and item number appearance. The figure and item number index lists figure and
item numbers in alphanumeric sequence and cross-references NSN, FSCM and part numbers.
C-3. EXPLANTION OF COLUMNS (SECTIONS II AND III).
a. ITEM NO. (Column (1)). Indicates the number used to identify items called out in the illustration.
b. SMR Code (Column (2)). The Source, Maintenance, and Recoverability (SMR) code is a 5-position code
containing supply/requisitioning information, maintenance level authorization criteria, and disposition in-
structions, as shown in the following breakout.
c-i
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST
M8370.
Source
Code
Maintenance
Code
Recoverability
Code
XX
1st two
positions
XX
X
5th
position
How vou eet an item
3d position
Who can install
replace or use
the item
4th position
Who can do
complete repair*
on the item
Who determines dispo-
sition action on un-
serviceable item
^Complete Repair: Maintenance capacity, capability, and authority to perform all corrective maintenance
tasks of the "Repair" function in a use/user environment in order to restore serviceability to a failed item.
(1) Source Code . The source code tells you how to get an item needed for maintenance, repair, or over-
haul of an end item/equipment. Explanations of source codes follows:
Code
PA
PB
PD
PE
PF
PG
>
Explanation
Stocked items; usetheapplicableNSN to request/requisition items
with these source codes. They are authorized to the level indicated
by the code entered in the 3d position of the SM R code.
**N GTE Items coded PC are subject to deterioration.
KD
KF
KB
Items with these codes are not to be requested /requisitioned individually.
They are part of a kit which is authorized to the maintenance level
indicated in the 3d position of the SMR code. The complete kit must be re-
quisitioned and applied.
MO
(Made at Unit
AVUM Level)
(Made at
DS/AVIJVI
Level)
(M ade at
GS Level)
(Made at Spe-
cialized Repair
Act (SRA)
MD - (Made at Depot)
MF
MH
ML
>
Items with these codes are not to be requested/requisitioned in-
dividually. They must be made from bulk material which is iden-
tified by the part number in the DESCRIPTION AND USABLE
ON CODE (UOC) column and listed in the bulk material group of
the repair parts list in this RPSTL. If the item is authorized to you
by the 3d position code of the SM R code, but the source code in-
dicates it is made at a higher level, order the item from the higher
level of maintenance.
C-2
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
Code Explanation
AO - (Assembled by unit/ Items with these codes are not to be requested/requisitioned
AVUM I^vel) individually. The parts that make up the assembled item must be
AF - (Assembled by ! requisitiond or fabricated and assembled at the level of mainte-
DS/AVIM Level) V nance indicated by the source code. If the 3d position code of the
AH - (Assembled by / SMR code authorizes you to replace the item, but the source
GS Level) code indicates the item is assembled at a higher level, order the
AL - (Assembled by SRA) item from the higher level of maintenance.
AD - (Assembled by Depot)
XA - Do not requisition an "XA' '-coded item. Order its next higher assembly. (Also, refer to the NOTE
below.)
XB - If an "XB" item is not available from salvage, order it using the FSCM and part number given.
XC - Installation drawing, diagram, instruction sheet, field service drawing, that is identified by manufac-
turer's part number.
XD - Item is not stocked. Order am "XD' '-coded item through normal supply channels using the FSCM and
part number given, if no NSN is available.
NOTE; Cannibalization or controlled exchange, when authorized, may be used as a source of supply for
items with the above source codes, except for those source coded "XA" or those aircraft support items
restricted by requirements of AR 700-42.
(2) Maintenance Code . Maintenance codes tell you the level(s) of maintenance authorized to USE and
REPAI R support items. The maintenance codes are entered in the third and fourth positions of the SMR
code as follows
(a) The maintenance code entered in the third position tells you the lowest maintenance level authoriz-
ed to remove, replace, and use an item. The maintenance code entered in the third position will indicate
authorization to one of the following levels of maintenance.
Code Application/ Explanation
c Crewor operator maintenance done within unit or aviation unit maintenance.
Unit or aviation unit level can remove, replace, and use the item.
F Direct support or aviation level can remove, replace and use the item.
H General support level can remove, replace, and use the item.
L Specialized repair activity can remove, replace, and use the item.
D Depot level can remove, replace, and use the item.
(b) The maintenance code entered in the fourth position tells whether or not the item is to be repaired
and identifies the lowest maintenance level with the capability to do complete repair (i.e., perform all
authorized repair functions), (note: Some limited repair may be done on the item at a lower level of
maintenance, if authorized by the Maintenance Allocation Chart (MAC) and SMR codes.) This position will
contain one of the following maintenance codes.
C-3
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
Code Application/ Explanation
Unit or aviation unit is tlie lowest level that can do complete repair of the item.
F Direct support or aviation is the lowest level that can do complete repair of the item.
H General support is the lowest level that can do complete repair of the item.
L Specialized repair activity (designate the specialized repair activity) is the lowest level that
can do complete repair of the item.
D Depot is the lowest level that can do complete repair of the item.
Z N onreparable. No repair is autliorized.
B No repair is authorized. No parts or special tools are authorized for the maintenance of a
"B" coded item. However, the item may be reconditioned by adjusting, lubricating, etc.,
at the user level.
(3) Recoverability Code . Recoverability codes are assigned to items to indicate the disposition action
on unserviceable items. The recoverability code is entered in the fifth position of theSMR Code as follows:
Recoverability
Code Application/ Explanation
Z N onreparable item. When unserviceable, condemn and dispose of the item at the level of
maintenance shown in 3d position of SMR Code.
Reparable item. When uneconomical ly reparable, condemn and dispose of the item at unit
or aviation unit level.
F Reparable item. When uneconomically reparable, condemn and dispose of the item at the
direct support or aviation level.
H Reparable item. When uneconomically reparable, condemn and dispose of the item at the
general support.
D Reparable item. When beyond lower level repair capability, return to depot. Condemnation
and disposal of item not authorized below depot level.
L Reparable item. Condemnation and disposal not authorized below specialized repair activi-
ty (SRA).
A Item requires special handling or condemnation procedures because of specific reasons
(e.g., precious metal content, high dollar value, critical material, or hazardous material).
Refer to appropriate manuals/directives for specific instructions.
C-4
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
c. FSCM (Column (3)). The Federal Supply Code for Manufacturer (FSCM) is a 5-digit numeric code which
is used to identify the manufacturer, distributor, or Government agency, etc., that supplies the item.
d. PART NUMBER (Column (4)). I ndlcates the primary number used by the manufacturer (individual,
company, firm, corporation, or Government activity), which controls the design and characteristics of the
item by means of its engineering drawings, specifications standards, and inspection requirements to identify
an item or range of items.
NOTE: When you use a NSN to requisition an item, the item you receive may have a different part number
from the part ordered.
e. DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODE (UOC) (Column (5)). This column includes the following
information:
(l)The Federal item name and, when required, a minimum description to identify the item.
(2) Spare/repair parts that make up an assembled item are listed immediately following the assembled
item line entry.
(3) NSNs for bulk materials are referenced in this column in the line item entry for the item to be
manufactured/fabricated.
(4) When the item is not used with all serial numbers of the same model, the effective serial numbers
are shown on the last lines of the description (before UOC).
(5) The usable on code, when applicable (see l paragraph C-5,| special information
(6) In the Special Tools List section, the basis of issue (BOI) appears as the last line(s) in the entry for
each special tool, special TMDE, and other special support equipment. When density of equipments sup-
ported exceeds density spread indicated in the basis of issue, the total authorization is increased
proportionately.
(7) The statement "END OF FIGURE" appears just below the last item description in column 5 for a
given figure in both section II and section III
f. QTY (Column (6)). The QTY (quantity per figure column) indicates the quantity of the item used in the
breakout shown on the illustration figure, which is prepared for a functional group, subfunctional group, or
an assembly. A "V" appearing in this column in lieu of a quantity indicates that the quantity is variable
and the quantity may vary from application to application.
C-5
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
C^. EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS (SECTION IV).
a. National Stock Number (NSN) Index.
(1) STOCK NUMBER column . This column lists the NSN by National item identification number
(NIIN) sequence. The NIIN consists of the last nine digits of the NSN
NSN
(i.e., 5385 -01-574-147 6). When using this column to locate an item, ignore the first 4 digits of the
NIIN
NSN. However, the complete NSN should be used when ordering items by stock number.
(2) FIG, column . This column lists the number of the figure where the item is identified/located.
The figures are in numerical order in section II and section III.
(3) ITEM column. The item number identifies the item associated with the figure listed in the adjacent
FIG. column. This item is also identified by the NSN listed on the same line.
b. PART NUMBER INDEX. Part numbers in this index are listed by part number in ascending alpha-
numeric sequence (i.e., vertical arrangement of letter and number combination which places the first letter
or digit of each group in order A through Z, followed by the numbers O through 9 and each following letter
or digit in like order).
(1) FSCM column . The Federal Supply Code for Manufacturer (FSCM) is a 5-digit numeric code used
to identify the manufacturer, distributor, or Government agency, etc., that supplies the item.
(2) PART NUMBER column. Indicates the primary number used by the manufacturer (individual, firm,
corporation, or Government activity), which controls the design and characteristics of the item by means of
its engineering drawings, specifications standards, and inspection requirements to identity an item or range
of items.
(3) STOCK NUMBER column . This column lists the NSN for the associated part number and manufac-
turer identified in the PART NUMBER and FSCM columns to the left.
(4) FIG, column . This column lists the number of the figure where the item is identified/located
in sections II and III.
(5) ITEM column . The item number is that number assigned to the item as it appears in the figure
referenced in the adjacent figure number column.
c. Figure and Item Number Index.
(1) FIG, column . This column lists the number of the figure where the item is identified/located in
section II and III.
(2) ITEM column . The item number is that number assigned to the item as it appears in the figure
referenced in the adjacent figure number column.
(3) STOCK NUMBER column. This column lists the NSN for the item.
C-6
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
(4) FSCM column . The Federal Supply Code for Manufacturer (FSCM) is a 5-digit numeric code used
to identify the manufacturer, distributor, or Government agency, etc., that supplies the item.
(5) PART NUMBER column. Indicates the primary number used by the manufacturer (individual,
firm, corporation, or Government activity), which controls the design and characteristics of the item by
means of its engineering drawings, specifications standards, and inspection requirements to identify item
or range of items.
C-5. SPECIAL INFORMATION.
a. Usable on Code , The usable on code appears in the lower left comer of the DESCRIPTION column
heading. Usable on codes are shown as "UOC..." in DESCRIPTION column (justified left) on the first
line applicable item description/nomenclature. Uncoded items are applicable to all models. Identification
of the usable on codes used in the RPSTL are:
Code Used On
755 M16
194 M16A1
b. Assembly Instructions , Detailed assembly instructions for items source coded to be assembled from
component spare/repair parts are found in |cnapter 5\ Items that make up the assembly are listed im-
mediately following the assembly item entry or reference is made to an applicable figure.
c. Index Numbers , Items which have the word BULK in the figure column will have an index number
shown in the item number column. This index number is a cross-reference between the National Stock
Number/Part Number index and the bulk material list in section II.
C-6, HOW TO LOCATE REPAIR PARTS,
a. When National Stock Number or Part Number is Not Known ,
(1) First . Using the table of contents, determine the assembly group or subassembly group to which
the item belongs. This is necessary since figures are prepared for assembly groups and subassembly
groups, and listings are divided into the same groups.
(2) Second. Find the figure covering the assembly group or subassembly group to which the item
belongs.
(3) Third. Identify the item on the figure and note the item number.
(4) Fourth , Refer to the Repair Parts List for the figure to find the part number for the item number
noted on the figure.
(51 Fifth, Refer to the Part Number Index to find the NSN, if assigned.
C-7
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
b. When National Stock Number or Part Number is Known.
(1) First. Using the index of National stock numbers and part numbers, find the pertinent National
stock number or part number. The NSN index is in National Item Identification Number (N I IN) se-
quence (see C-4a(l)). The part numbers in the PART NUMBER INDEX are listed in ascending
alphanumeric sequence (see C-4b). Both indexes cross-reference you to the illustration/figure and item
number of the item you are looking for.
(2) Second . Turn to the figure and item number, verify that the item is the one you're looking for,
then locate the item number in the repair parts list for the figure.
C-7. ABBREVIATIONS. Not applicable.
C-8
SECTION
TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD CMDTINST M8370.9
Section II. REPAIR PARTS LIST
7
M16A1
Figure C-1. 5. 5 6MM Rifle M16. 8448600 and MlGAl. 844'8'^(T0:
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
:tem
SMR
PART
NO
CODE
CAGEC
Number
(5) (6)
DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES (UOC) QTY
GROUP 00 FIG C-1
5.56MM RIFLE M16 (8448600)
AND M16A1 (8448500)
1 AFFFF 19204 8448501
2 PAOOO 19204 8448517
3 AFFFF 19204 8448601
3 AFFFF 19204 8448522
4 PACZZ 19200 8448670
5 PACZZ 19204 12624561
6 XAFFA 19204 8448604
6 XAFFA 19204 8448578
BOLT CARRIER ASSEMBLY (SEE FIG.C-2
FOR BREAKDOWN)
HANDLE ASSEMBLY, CHARGING (SEE FIG
C-5 FOR BREAKDOWN ).._.._._._^ l.*^ • "
UPPER RECEIVER AND BARREL ASSEMBLY"
M16, (SEE FIG.C-6 FOR BREAKDOWN) . . . .
UOC:755
UPPER RECEIVER AND BARREL ASSEMBLY,
M16A1 (SEE FIG.C-6 FOR BREAKDOWN) . . .
UOC: 194
MAGAZINE, CARTRIDGE
SLING,SMALL ARMS
LOWER RECEIVER AND EXTENSION ASSY,
M16 (SEE FIG C-10 FOR BREAKDOWN) . . . .
UOC: 755
LOWER RECEIVER AND EXTENSION ASSY,
M16A1 (SEE FIG C-10 FOR BREAKDOWN) . .
UOC: 194
END OF FIGURE
C-1-1
SECTION II
TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO llW-3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD CMDTINST M8370.9
Figure C-2. Bolt Carrier Assembly 8448501
(1)
(2) (3)
(4)
:tem
SMR
PART
NO
CODE CAGEC
NUMBER
(5) (6)
DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES (UOC) QTY
GROUP 01 FIG C-2
BOLT CARRIER ASSEMBLY 8448501
1 PAFZZ 19204 8448503
2 PAOZZ 19204 8448504
3 PAOZZ 19204 8448502
4 PAFFF 19200 8448509
5 AFFFF 19204 8448505
PIN, FIRING 1
PIN, FIRING PIN RETAINING 1
P IN .GROOVED, HEADED 1
BOLT ASSEMBLY (SEE FIG C-3 FOR 1
BREAKDOWN)
KEY AND BOLT CARRIER ASSEMBLY (SEE 1
FIG. C-4 FOR BREAKDOWN)
END OF FIGURE
C-2-1
SECTION II
TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W-3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD CMDTINST M8370.9
Figure C-3 . Bolt Assembly 8448509.
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
ITEM
SMR
PART
NO
CODE
CAGEC
NUMBER
(5) (6)
DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES (UOC) QTY
GROUP 0101 FIG C-3
BOLT ASSEMBLY 8448509
1 PAFZZ 19204 8448511
RING, BOLT
, , , , 3
2 XAFZZ 19204 8448510
BOLT
1 1 1 1 1
3 PAOZZ 19204 8448513
PIN,EXTRACTOR
... I
4 PAOZZ 96906 MS16562-98
PIN, SPRING
5 PAOZZ 19204 8448516
SPRING, HELICAL
... I
6 PAOZZ 19204 8448515
EJECTOR, CARTRIDGE
7 PAOZZ 19204 8448512
EXTRACTOR, CARTRIDGE
8 PAOZZ 19200 8448755
SPRING ASSEMBLY, EXT EXTRACTOR . . . .
• • I
END OF FIGURE
C-3-1
SECTION II
TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W-3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD CMDTINST M8370.9
Figure C-4. Key and Bolt Carrier Assembly 8448505.
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
ITEM
SMR
PART
NO
CODE
CAGEC
NUMBER
(5) (6)
DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES (UOC) QTY
GROUP 0102 FIG C-4
KEY AND BOLT CARRIER ASSEMBLY
8448505
1 PAFZZ 19204 8448508
2 PAFZZ 19200 8448506
3 PAFZZ 19200 8448507
SCREW, CARRIER AND KEY
KEY, BOLT CARRIER . . . .
CARRIER, BOLT
END OF FIGURE
C-4-1
SECTION II
TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W-3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD CMDTINST M8370.9
Figure C-5. Charging Handle Assembly 8448517.
(1)
(2) (3)
(4)
:tem
SMR
PART
NO
CODE CAGEC
NUMBER
(5) (6)
DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES (UOC) QTY
GROUP 02 FIG C-5
CHARGING HANDLE ASSEMBLY 8448517
1 PAOZZ 13629 8448521-2
2 PAOZZ 19204 8448520
3 PAOZZ 19200 8448519
4 XAOZZ 19204 8448518
PIN, SPRING
SPRING, HELICAL
LATCH, CHARGING HANDLE
HANDLE
END OF FIGURE
C-5-1
SECTION II
TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W-3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD CMDTINST M8370.9
Figure C-6. Upper Receiver and Barrel Assembly M16, 8448601 and M16A1, 8448522.
SECTION II
TM9-1005-249-23SP
AIR FORCE TO llW-3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD CMDTINST M8370.9
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
ITEM
SMR
PART
NO
CODE
CAGEC
NUMBER
(5)
DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES (UOC)
(6)
QTY
GROUP 03 FIG C-6
UPPER RECEIVER AND BARREL ASSEMBLY
H16 (8448601) AND M16A1 (8448522)
2
PAFZZ
19200
8448567
3
PAOZZ
19200
9349059
4
PAFFF
19204
8448663
5
PAFZZ
19204
8448576
6
PAFZZ
19204
8448577
7
PAFZZ
96906
MSI 6 5 62-
-106
8
PAFZZ
19204
8448712
9
PAFZZ
19204
8448712
10
PAFZZ
96906
MS16626-
-1137
UPPER RECEIVER ASSY,M16 (SEE FIG.C-
8 FOR BREAKDOWN)
UOC;755
UPPER RECEIVER ASSY,M16A1 (SEE
FIG.C-8 FOR BREAKDOWN)
UOC: 194
TUBE, GAS
HANDGUARD ASSEMBLY
BARREL ASSEMBLY, RIFLE (SEE FIG C-
7 FOR BREADKDOWN)
SUPPRESSOR, FLASH
WASHER, LOCK, FLASH SUPPRESSOR
PIN, SPRING
RING, SLIP, HAND GUAR GUARD
SPRING, SLIP RING, HANDGUARD
RING, RETAINING EXT, TAPERED SECTION
END OF FIGURE
SECTION II
TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W-3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD CMDTINST M8370.9
-(£■
^^
r^i£
p—^
Figure C-7. Rifle Barrel Assembly 8448663.
(1)
(2) (3)
(4)
ITEM
SMR
PART
NO
CODE CAGEC
NUMBER
1
PAOZZ
19200
9349056
2
PAOZZ
19204
8448573
3
PAOZZ
19204
8448574
4
PAOZZ
19204
8448571
5
PAOZZ
19204
8448697
(5) (6)
DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES (UOC) QTY
GROUP 0301 FIG C-7
RIFLE BARREL ASSEMBLY 8448663
POST, FRONT SIGHT . ,
DETENT, FRONT SIGHT
SPRING, HELICAL . . .
SWIVEL, SLING, SMALL
RIVET, TUBULAR . . . .
END OF FIGURE
C-7-1
SECTION II
TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W-3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD CMDTINST M8370.9
Figure C-8. Upper Receiver Assembly M 16, 8448602 and M16A1, 8448523.
SECTION II
TM9-1005-249-23SP
AIR FORCE TO llW-3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD CMDTINST M8370.9
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
ITEM
SMR
PART
NO
CODE
CAGEC
NUMBER
(5)
DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES (UOC)
(6)
QTY
GROUP 0302 FIG C-8
UPPER RECEIVER ASSEMBLY
H16 (8448602) AND M16A1 (8448523)
1
PAFZZ
19204
8448603
1
PAFZZ
19200
12576280
2
PAOZZ
96906
MS16632-1012
3
PAOZZ
19204
8448533
4
PAOZZ
19204
8448525
5
PAOZZ
19204
8448532
6
PAFZZ
96906
MS 16562-121
7
PAFZZ
19200
8448540
8
AFFFF
19204
9349086
9
PAFZZ
19200
8448535
10
PAFZZ
96906
MS 16562-96
11
PAFZZ
19200
8448537
12
PAFZZ
19200
8448538
13
PAFZZ
19200
8448536
14
PAFZZ
19204
8448539
15
PAFZZ
19204
8448534
RECEIVER, UPPER Ml 6
UOC:755
RECEIVER, CARTRIDGE M16A1
UOC: 194
RING, RETAINING
PIN, GROOVED, HEADLES COVER
COVER, EJECTION
SPRING, HELICAL
PIN, SPRING (FORWARD ASSIST PIN)
UOC: 194
SPRING, HELICAL, COHP COMPRESSION
UOC: 194
FORWARD ASSIST ASSY (SEE FIG.C-9
FOR BREAKDOWN)
UOC: 194
DIAL, CONTROL WINDAGE
PIN, SPRING
DETENT, REAR SIGHT
SPRING, HELICAL, COMP COMPRESSION
SPRING, FLAT
APERTURE SIGHT
SCREW, REAR SIGHT WINDAGE
END OF FIGURE
SECTION
TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W-3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD CMDTINST M8370.9
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
:tem
SMR
PART
NO
CODE
CAGEC
NUMBER
Figure C-9. Forward Assist Assembly M 16 Al, 9349086.
(5) (6)
DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES (UOC) QTY
GROUP 030201 FIG C-9
FORWARD ASSIST ASSEMBLY
M16A1 (9349086)
1 PAFZZ 19200 9349085
2 PAFZZ 13629 95113
3 PAFZZ 19200 8448542
4 PAFZZ 19204 8448544
5 PAFZZ 19204 8448543
FORWARD ASSIST PAWL
PLUNGER ASSEMBLY .
UOC: 194
PIN, SPRING
UOC:194
SPRING, HELICAL, COMP COMPRESSION
UOC:194
DETENT, PAWL
UOC:194
PAWL, FORWARD ASSIST
UOC: 194
END OF FIGURE
C-9-1
SECTION
TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W-3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD CMDTINST M8370.9
NOTE
Early model M16 rifles did not
have a recess in wliicli to install
item no (1 1) spring, helical com-
pression or item no. (1 2) detent,
takedown pin. Pivot pin (1 5) NSN
1005-00-992-6671, must be used
on this model.
Figure C-10. Lower Receiver and Extension Assembly M16, 8448604 andM16Al, 8448578.
SECTION II
TM9-1005-249-23SP
AIR FORCE TO llW-3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD CMDTINST M8370.9
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
ITEM
SMR
PART
NO
CODE
CAGEC
NUMBER
(5)
DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES (UOC)
(6)
QTY
GROUP 04 FIG C-10
LOWER RECEIVER AND EXTENSION
ASSEMBLY H16 (8448604) AND
H16A1 (8448578)
1
PAOZZ
19204
8448629
2
PAOZZ
19200
8448615
3
AFFFF
19204
8448610
4
PAFZZ
19200
8448595
5
PAFZZ
19204
8448630
6
PAFZZ
19204
8448633
7
PAFZZ
19204
8448634
8
PAFZZ
19200
8448628
9
PAFZZ
96906
MS16562-119
10
PAFZZ
19204
8448638
11
PAOZZ
19204
8448586
12
PAOZZ
19204
8448585
13
PAFZZ
19204
8448637
14
PAFZZ
19204
8448636
15
PAOZZ
19204
8448621
15
PAOZZ
13629
95601
16
PAFZZ
19200
8448635
17
AFFFF
19204
8448591
18
PAOZZ
88044
AN501D416-1
19
PAOZZ
96906
MS 35335-61
20
PAOZZ
19200
9349127
21
PAOZZ
19204
8448516
22
PAOZZ
19204
8448631
23
PAFZZ
19204
8448609
24
PAFZZ
19204
8448599
25
PAOZZ
19204
8448584
26
PROZZ
19200
9349129
27
PAOOO
19200
9349119
28
PAOZZ
19200
9349128
29
XAFFA
19204
8448605
SPRING, HELICAL, COMPRESSION
BUFFER ASSEMBLY
HAMMER ASSY (SEE FIG.C-12 FOR
BREAKDOWN)
SEAR AUTOMATIC ASSEMBLY
LEVER, SELECTOR
SPRING, HELICAL, COMPRESSION
PLUNGER, BOLT CATCH
CATCH, BOLT
PIN, SPRING STEEL
CATCH, MAGAZINE
SPRING, HELICAL, COMPRESSION
PIN, STRAIGHT, HEADLE PIN
SPRING, HELICAL, COMPRESSION
BUTTON, MAGAZINE CAT CATCH
PIN, PIVOT
PIN, PIVOT (SEE NOTE ON FIG C-10)
UOC;755
DISCONNECTOR
TRIGGER ASSY (SEE FIG.C-13 FOR
BREAKDOWN)
SCREW, MACHINE, FILLI
WASHER, LOCK
GRIP, RIFLE PLASTIC, BLACK
SPRING, HELICAL, COMPRESSION
DETENT, SAFETY
PIN, GROOVED, HEADLES TRIGGER
PIN, GROOVED, HEADLES
PIN, TAKEDOWN
SPACER, STEPPED
BUTTSTOCK ASSEMBLY
SCREW, SELF-LOCKING
LOWER RECEIVER, AND EXTENSION
SUBASSEMBLY, M16 (SEE FIG C-14 FOR
BREAKDOWN)
UOC;755
LOWER RECEIVER AND EXTENSION
SUBASSEMBLY, M16A1 (SEE FIG C-14
FOR BREAKDOWN)
UOC: 194
END OF FIGURE
SECTION II
TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W-3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD CMDTINST M8370.9
Figure C-ll. Buttstock Assembly 9349119
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
ITEM
SMR
PART
NO
CODE
CAGEC
NUMBER
1 PAOZZ 19200 9381380
2 PAOZZ 19200 9349130
3 PAOZZ 19200 8448653
4 XAOZZ 19200 9349121
5 PAOZZ 19204 8448652
6 PAOZZ 19204 8448655
7 PAOZZ 19200 9349120
(5) (6)
DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES (UOC) QTY
GROUP 0401 FIG C-ll
BUTTSTOCK ASSEMBLY 9349119
DOOR ASSEMBLY, THUMB 1
PLATE, BUTT, SHOULDER 1
HINGE, ACCESS DOOR ACCESS DOOR BUTT 1
PLATE
BUTTSTOCK 1
SWIVEL, SLING, SMALL 1
PIN, STRAIGHT, HEADLESS 1
SCREW, SELF-LOCKING 1
END OF FIGURE
C-11-1
SECTION II
TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W-3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD CMDTINST M8370.9
(1) (2) (3)
ITEM SMR
NO CODE CAGEC
1 PAFZZ 19204 8448611
2 PAFZZ 19200 8448612
Figure C-12. Hammer Assembly 8448610.
(4) (5)
PART
NUMBER DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES
GROUP 0402 FIG C-12
HAMMER ASSEMBLY 8448610
SPRING, HELICAL, TORSION
HAfflER, FIRING, SMALL
(UOC
(6)
QTY
. . 1
. . 1
END OF FIGURE
C-12-1
SECTION
TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W-3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD CMDTINST M8370.9
Figure C- 13. Trigger Assembly 8448591.
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
ITEM
SMR
PART
NO
CODE
CAGEC
NUMBER
1 PAFZZ 19200 8448594
2 PAFZZ 19204 8448593
3 PAFZZ 19204 8448592
(5) (6)
DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES (UOC) QTY
GROUP 0403 FIG C-13
TRIGGER ASSEMBLY 8448591
SPRING, HELICAL, COMP COMPRESSION .... 1
SPRING, HELICAL , TORSION 1
TRIGGER 1
END OF FIGURE
C-13-1
SECTION
TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W-3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD CMDTINST M8370.9
Figure C-14. Lower Receiver and Extension Subassembly M16, 8448605 and M16A1, 8448579.
(5)
(1)
TEM
(2)
SMR
(3)
PART
NO
CODE
CAGEC
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
(6)
AND USABLE ON CODES (UOC) QTY
GROUP 0404 FIG C-14
LOWER RECEIVER AND EXTENSION
SUBASSEMBLY M16 (8448605) AND
M16A1 (8448579)
1 PAFZZ 19200 8448581
2 PAFZZ 19204 8448582
3 PAFZZ 19200 8448583
4 PAFZZ 19204 8448587
5 PAFZZ 96906 MS16562-35
6 XAFDD 19204 8448606
6 XAFDD 19204 8448580
HOLDER, SPRING RECEIVER 1
PIN, SHOULDER, HEADLE 1
SPRING, HELICAL, COMP COMPRESSION . . . . 1
GUARD, TRIGGER 1
PIN, SPRING 1
RECEIVER, LOWER NOTE: SERIAL 1
NUMBER CONTROL M16
UOC: 755
RECEIVER, LOWER NOTE: SERIAL 1
NUMBER CONTROL M16A1
UOC:194
END OF FIGURE
C-14-1
SECTION
TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W-3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD CMDTINST M8370.9
Section
SPECIAL TOOLS LIST
7799792 M^e <* MfSAf
-th
BARm rROSION {cm>MF
PLATTD BORE) -8448196 M7S * MfSA)
^
Figure C-15. Special tools.
SECTION III
COAST I
(1) (2)
(3)
(4)
ITEM SMR
PART
NO CODE
CAGEC
NUMBER
TM9-1005-249-23SP
AIR FORCE TO llW-3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD CMDTINST M8370.9
(5)
DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES (UOC)
(6)
QTY
GROUP 9500 FIG C-15
SPECIAL TOOLS
ADFFA
19204
8426685
1
PAFZZ
19205
7799809
2
PAFZZ
19204
8448201
3
PAFZZ
19200
12620101
4
PAFZZ
19204
8448496
5
PAFZZ
19204
8448677
6
PAFZZ
19204
8448202
7
PAFZZ
19204
12006359
8
PAFZZ
19204
7799734
9
PAFZZ
19204
7799735
10
PAFZZ
19204
11010032
11
PAFZZ
19204
11010033
12
PAFZZ
19205
7799792
13
PAFZZ
19204
12006472
TOOL AND GAGE SET DS/GS SUPPORT
MAINTENANCE FOR 5.56MM RIFLE M16
RIFLE SERIES BOI : 2 PER SUPPORTING
DSU/GSU
. .CASE, CARRYING, GAGE PART OF KIT P/
N 8426685 (M16 ONLY)
..REFLECTOR TOOL, CHAMBER, PART OF
KIT P/N 8426685
. .GAGE, PLUG, PLAIN PART OF KIT P/N
8426685
. .GAGE, BARREL, EROSION PART OF KIT
P/N 8426685 (CHROME BARREL)
. .GAGE, MUZZLE EROSION PART OF KIT
P/N 8426685 (NON-CHROME BARREL)
. .GAGE, STRAIGHTNESS PART OF KIT P/
N 8426685
..CASE, BORE GAGE PART OF KIT P/N
8426685
. .GAGE, HEADSPACE PART OF KIT P/N
8426685
. .GAGE, FIRING PIN PROTRUSION PART
OF KIT P/N 8426685
. .FIXTURE, BARREL REMOVAL PART OF
KIT P/N 8426685
. .WRENCH, COMBINATION PART OF KIT P/
N 8426685
. .GAGE, BARREL EROSION PART OF KIT
P/N 8426685 (NON-CHROME BARREL)
.. GAGE, PLUG, TAPER CYLINDER PART
KIT P/N 8426685
END OF FIGURE
C-15-1
TM9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO llW-3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD CMDTINST M8370.9
SECTION IV
CROSS-REFERENCE INDEXES
NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER INDEX
STOCK NUMBER
STOCK NUMBER
5315-00-017-9537
3040-00-017-9539
1005-00-017-9540
5360-00-017-9541
1005-00-017-9543
1005-00-017-9545
1005-00-017-9547
1005-00-017-9548
1005-00-017-9551
5315-00-017-9552
1005-00-056-2201
5360-00-056-2246
1005-00-056-2247
5315-00-058-6044
5365-00-064-2652
5220-00-070-7814
6695-00-070-7815
4933-00-070-9151
5120-00-070-9152
1005-00-087-8998
1005-00-152-3441
5220-00-155-4925
5220-00-221-9391
5365-00-252-6853
5315-00-282-3642
1005-00-403-0964
5340-00-463-3892
5315-00-463-3894
5360-00-523-8084
5310-00-527-3634
5315-00-597-5086
1005-00-738-6213
1005-00-760-3768
4933-00-800-7508
5315-00-812-3312
5315-00-814-3530
1005-00-921-5004
1005-00-933-8089
1005-00-937-3078
1005-00-978-1022
5315-00-978-1023
5360-00-978-1025
1005-00-978-1025
5360-00-978-1027
5355-00-978-1029
1005-00-978-1030
5360-00-978-1032
4710-00-978-1038
5315-00-979-3930
C-10
15
C-9
5
C-9
4
C-8
7
C-7
4
C-1
2
C-2
1
C-10
8
C-12
2
C-9
2
C-10
10
C-10
5
c-10
7
C-6
7
C-8
2
C-15
8
C-15
9
C-15
10
C-15
11
C-6
8
C-6
9
C-6
4
C-15
5
C-15
5
C-6
10
C-8
10
C-11
5
C-11
3
c-11
5
c-9
3
C-10
19
C-3
4
C-4
3
C-3
8
C-15
2
C-10
9
C-14
5
C-1
4
C-6
5
C-10
2
C-8
4
C-8
3
C-8
5
C-8
14
C-8
13
C-8
9
C-8
11
C-8
12
C-6
2
C-7
2
5360-00-979-3931
5360-00-992-5548
1005-00-992-5549
5315-00-992-5550
5315-00-992-5551
5360-00-992-5552
5315-00-992-5553
5315-00-992-5554
5360-00-992-5555
5360-00-992-5565
5340-00-992-5566
1005-00-992-5567
1005-00-992-5571
1005-00-992-7280
5315-00-992-7283
5305-00-992-7284
1005-00-992-7285
1005-00-992-7287
1005-00-992-7288
1005-00-992-7290
1005-00-992-7291
5360-00-992-7292
5315-00-992-7294
5340-00-992-7297
1005-00-992-7299
5360-00-992-7301
1005-00-992-7302
1005-00-992-7307
5360-00-992-7308
5315-00-992-7309
5360-00-992-7311
5360-00-999-0404
5340-00-999-0405
1005-00-999-0406
1005-00-999-1509
5220-01-014-8183
5315-01-027-4759
4933-01-035-5507
5220-01-043-9473
5320-01-063-7535
5220-01-075-5004
1005-01-134-3525
1005-01-134-3529
1005-01-135-4973
1005-01-144-1468
5305-01-144-1494
1005-01-146-7585
5365-01-146-7592
5305-01-147-8585
C-7
3
C-12
1
C-10
4
C-10
24
C-14
2
C-14
3
C-10
25
C-10
12
C-10
11
C-10
1
C-10
5
C-10
22
C-10
15
C-6
6
C-4
2
C-4
1
C-2
4
C-3
1
C-3
7
C-3
3
C-3
6
C-3
5
C-10
21
C-2
3
C-14
1
C-14
4
C-10
13
C-10
14
C-13
3
C-13
2
C-10
23
C-13
1
C-5
2
C-5
3
C-10
16
C-2
2
C-15
4
C-8
6
C-15
7
C-15
13
C-7
5
C-15
3
C-7
1
C-6
3
C-10
27
C-9
1
C-11
7
C-11
2
C-10
26
C-10
28
TM9-1005-24 9-2 3£P
AIR FORCE TO llW-3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD CMDTINST M8370.9
SECTION IV
CROSS-REFERENCE INDEXES
NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER INDEX
STOCK NUMBER
STOCK NUMBER
1005-01-148-4805
1005-01-216-4510
1005-01-228-8504
1005-01-248-5858
5305-01-268-1191
C-10
C-1
C-11
C-8
SECTION IV
CROSS-REFERENCE INDEXES
TM9-1005-249-23SP
AIR FORCE TO llW-3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD CMDTINST M8370
PART NUMBER INDEX
CAGEC
PART NUMBER
88044
AN501D416-18
96906
MS 16562-106
96906
MS16562-119
96906
MS16562-121
96906
MS 16562-35
96906
MS 16562-96
96906
MS 16562-98
96906
MS16626-1137
96906
MS16632-1012
96906
MS 35335-51
19204
11010032
19204
11010033
19204
12006359
19204
12006472
19200
12576280
19200
12620101
19204
12624561
19204
7799734
19204
7799735
19205
7799792
19205
7799809
19204
8426685
19204
8448201
19204
8448202
19204
8448496
19204
8448501
19204
8448502
19204
8448503
19204
8448504
19204
8448505
19200
8448506
19200
8448507
19204
8448508
19200
8448509
19204
8448510
19204
8448511
19204
8448512
19204
8448513
19204
8448515
19204
8448516
19204
8448517
19204
8448518
19200
8448519
19204
8448520
13629
8448521-2
19204
8448522
19204
8448523
19204
8448525
19204
8448532
19204
8448533
STOCK NUMBER
5305-01-
5315-00-
5315-00-
5315-01-
5315-00-
5315-00-
5315-00-
5365-00-
5365-00-
5310-00-
4933-00-
5120-00-
4933-01-
5220-01-
1005-01-
5220-01-
1005-01-
5220-00-
6695-00-
268-1191
058-6044
812-3312
027-4759
814-3530
282-3642
597-5086
252-6853
064-2652
527-3634
070-9151
070-9152
035-5607
043-9473
248-5858
075-5004
216-4510
070-7814
070-7815
4933-00-800-7508
5220-00-221-9391
5220-01-014-8183
5315-00-992-7294
1005-00-017-9547
1005-00-999-1509
5315-00-992-7283
1005-00-738-6213
5305-00-992-7284
1005-00-992-7285
1005-00-992-7287
1005-00-992-7288
1005-00-992-7290
1005-00-992-7291
5360-00-992-7292
1005-00-017-9546
5340-00-999-0405
5360-00-999-0404
1005-00-978-1022
5360-00-978-1025
5315-00-978-1023
C-10
18
C-6
7
C-10
9
C-8
6
C-14
5
C-8
10
C-3
4
C-6
10
C-8
2
C-10
19
C-15
10
C-15
11
C-15
7
C-15
13
C-8
1
C-15
3
C-1
5
C-15
8
C-15
9
C-15
12
C-15
1
C-15
1
C-15
2
C-15
6
C-15
4
C-1
1
C-2
3
C-2
1
C-2
2
C-2
5
C-4
2
C-4
3
C-4
1
C-2
4
C-3
2
C-3
1
C-3
7
C-3
3
C-3
6
C-3
5
C-10
21
C-1
2
C-5
4
C-5
3
C-5
2
C-5
1
C-1
3
C-6
1
C-8
4
C-8
5
C-8
3
SECTION IV
CROSS-REFERENCE INDEXES
TM9-1005-249-23SP
AIR FORCE TO llW-3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD CMDTINST M8370
PART NUMBER INDEX
CAGEC
PART NUMBER
19204
8448534
19200
8448535
19200
8448536
19200
8448537
19200
8448538
19204
8448539
19200
8448540
19200
8448542
19204
8448543
19204
8448544
19200
8448567
19204
8448571
19204
8448573
19204
8448574
19204
8448576
19204
8448577
19204
8448578
19204
8448579
19204
8448580
19200
8448581
19204
8448582
19200
8448583
19204
8448584
19204
8448585
19204
8448586
19204
8448587
19204
8448591
19204
8448592
19204
8448593
19200
8448594
19200
8448595
19204
8448599
19204
8448601
19204
8448602
19204
8448603
19204
8448604
19204
8448605
19204
8448605
19204
8448609
19204
8448610
19204
8448611
19200
8448612
19200
8448615
19204
8448621
19200
8448628
19204
8448629
19204
8448630
19204
8448631
19204
8448633
19204
8448634
19200
8448635
STOCK NUMBER
5355-
-00-
-978-
-1029
5350-
-00-
-978-
-1027
1005-
-00-
-978-
-1030
5350-
-00-
-978-
-1032
1005-
-00-
-978-
-1026
5350-
-00-
-017-
-9541
5350-
-00-
-523-
-8084
3040-
-00-
-017-
-9539
1005-
-00-
-017-
-9540
4710-
-00-
-978-
-1038
1005-
-00-
-017-
-9543
5315-
-00-
-979-
-3930
5350-
-00-
-979-
-3931
1005-
-00-
-933-
-8089
1005-
-00-
-992-
-7280
5340-00-992-7297
5315-00-992-5651
5350-00-992-5652
5315-00-992-5653
5315-00-992-5554
5350-00-992-5555
1005-00-992-7299
1005-00-992-7307
5350-00-992-7308
5360-00-992-7311
1005-00-992-5549
5315-00-992-5550
5315-00-992-7309
5350-00-992-5548
1005-00-017-9551
1005-00-937-3078
5315-00-017-9537
1005-00-017-9548
5350-00-992-5565
5340-00-992-5566
1005-00-992-5567
5350-00-055-2246
1005-00-055-2247
1005-00-999-0406
C-8
15
C-8
9
C-8
13
C-8
11
C-8
12
C-8
14
C-8
7
C-9
3
C-9
5
C-9
4
C-6
2
C-7
4
C-7
2
C-7
3
C-6
5
C-6
6
C-1
5
C-10
29
C-14
5
C-14
1
C-14
2
C-14
3
C-10
25
C-10
12
C-10
11
C-14
4
C-10
17
C-13
3
C-13
2
C-13
1
C-10
4
C-10
24
C-1
3
C-6
1
C-8
1
C-1
5
C-10
29
C-14
5
C-10
23
C-10
3
C-12
1
C-12
2
C-10
2
C-10
15
C-10
8
C-10
1
C-10
5
C-10
22
C-10
5
C-10
7
C-10
16
SECTION IV
CROSS-REFERENCE INDEXES
TM9-1005-249-23SP
AIR FORCE TO llW-3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD CMDTINST M8370
PART NUMBER INDEX
CAGEC
PART NUMBER
19204
8448636
19204
8448637
19204
8448638
19204
8448652
19200
8448653
19204
8448655
19204
8448663
19200
8448670
19204
8448677
19204
8448697
19204
8448712
19200
8448755
19200
9349056
19200
9349059
19200
9349085
19204
9349086
19200
9349119
19200
9349120
19200
9349121
19200
9349127
19200
9349128
19200
9349129
19200
9349130
19200
9381380
13629
95113
13629
95601
STOCK NUMBER
1005-00-992-7302
5360-00-992-7301
1005-00-056-2201
1005-00-403-0964
5340-00-463-3892
5315-00-463-3894
1005-00-152-3441
1005-00-921-5004
5220-00-155-4925
5320-01-063-7635
1005-00-087-8998
1005-00-760-3768
1005-01-134-3625
1005-01-134-3629
1005-01-144-1468
1005-01-135-4973
5305-01-144-1494
1005-01-148-4805
5305-01-147-8585
5355-01-146-7692
1005-01-146-7685
1005-01-228-8504
5315-00-017-9552
1005-00-992-6671
C-10
14
C-10
13
c-10
10
C-11
5
C-11
3
c-11
6
C-6
4
C-1
4
C-15
5
C-7
5
C-6
8
C-6
9
C-3
8
C-7
1
C-6
3
C-9
1
C-8
8
C-10
27
C-11
7
C-11
4
C-10
20
C-10
28
C-10
26
C-11
2
c-11
1
c-9
2
C-10
15
TM9-1005-249-23&P
COAST GUARD CMDTINST M8370.9
AIR FORCE TO llW-3-5-5-24
SECTION IV
CROSS-REFERENCE INDEXES
FIGURE AND ITEM NUMBER INDEX
STOCK NUMBER
PART NUMBER
C-1
1
C-1
2
c-1
3
c-1
3
c-1
4
c-1
5
c-1
6
c-1
6
C-2
1
C-2
2
C-2
3
C-2
4
C-2
5
C-3
1
C-3
2
C-3
3
C-3
4
C-3
5
C-3
6
C-3
7
C-3
8
C-4
1
C-4
2
C-4
3
C-5
1
C-5
2
C-5
3
C-5
4
C-6
1
C-6
1
C-6
2
C-6
3
C-6
4
C-6
5
C-6
6
C-6
7
C-6
8
C-6
9
C-6
10
C-7
1
C-7
2
C-7
3
C-7
4
C-7
5
C-8
1
C-8
1
C-8
2
C-8
3
C-8
4
C-8
5
C-8
6
1005-00-017-9545
1005-00-921-5004
1005-01-216-4510
1005-00-017-9547
1005-00-999-1509
5315-00-992-7294
1005-00-992-7285
1005-00-992-7287
1005-00-992-7290
5315-00-597-5085
5360-00-992-7292
1005-00-992-7291
1005-00-992-7288
1005-00-760-3768
5305-00-992-7284
5315-00-992-7283
1005-00-738-6213
5360-00-999-0404
5340-00-999-0405
4710-
-00-
-978-
-1038
1005-
-01-
-134-
-3629
1005-
-00-
-152-
-3441
1005-
-00-
-933-
-8089
1005-
-00-
-992-
-7280
5315-
-00-
-058-
-6044
1005-
-00-
-087-
-8998
1005-
-00-
-087-
-8998
5365-
-00-
-252-
-6853
1005-
-01-
-134-
-3625
5315-
-00-
-979-
-3930
5360-
-00-
-979-
-3931
1005-
-00-
-017-
-9543
5320-
-01-
-063-
-7635
1005-01-248-5858
5365-00-064-2652
5315-00-978-1023
1005-00-978-1022
5360-00-978-1025
5315-01-027-4759
19204
19204
19204
19204
19200
19204
19204
19204
19204
19204
19204
19200
19204
19204
19204
19204
96906
19204
19204
19204
19200
19204
19200
19200
13629
19204
19200
19204
19204
19204
19200
19200
19204
19204
19204
96906
19204
19204
96906
19200
19204
19204
19204
19204
19204
19200
96906
19204
19204
19204
96906
8448501
8448517
8448522
8448601
8448670
12624561
8448578
8448604
8448503
8448504
8448502
8448509
8448505
8448511
8448510
8448513
MS 16562-98
8448516
8448515
8448512
8448755
8448508
8448506
8448507
8448521-2
8448520
8448519
8448518
8448523
8448602
8448567
9349059
8448663
8448576
8448577
MS 16562-106
8448712
8448712
MS16626-1137
9349056
8448573
8448574
8448571
8448697
8448603
12576280
MS16632-1012
8448533
8448525
8448532
MS 16562-121
TM9-1005-249-23&P
COAST GUARD CMDTINST M8370.9
AIR FORCE TO llW-3-5-5-24
SECTION IV
CROSS-REFERENCE INDEXES
FIGURE AND ITEM NUMBER INDEX
STOCK NUMBER
PART NUMBER
C-8
7
C-8
8
C-8
9
C-8
10
C-8
11
C-8
12
C-8
13
C-8
14
C-8
15
C-9
1
C-9
2
C-9
3
C-9
4
C-9
5
C-10
1
C-10
2
c-10
3
c-10
4
c-10
5
c-10
6
c-10
7
c-10
8
c-10
9
c-10
10
c-10
11
c-10
12
c-10
13
c-10
14
c-10
15
c-10
15
c-10
16
c-10
17
c-10
18
c-10
19
c-10
20
c-10
21
c-10
22
c-10
23
c-10
24
c-10
25
c-10
26
c-10
27
c-10
28
c-10
29
c-10
29
C-11
1
C-11
2
c-11
3
c-11
4
c-11
5
c-11
6
5360-00-017-9541
5355-00-978-1029
5315-00-282-3642
1005-00-978-1030
5360-00-978-1032
5360-00-978-1027
1005-00-978-1026
1005-01-144-1468
5315-00-017-9552
5360-00-523-8084
1005-00-017-9540
3040-00-017-9539
5360-00-992-6665
1005-00-937-3078
1005-
-00-
-992-
-6649
5340-
-00-
-992-
-6666
5360-
-00-
-056-
-2246
1005-
-00-
-056-
-2247
1005-
-00-
-017-
-9548
5315-
-00-
-812-
-3312
1005-
-00-
-056-
-2201
5360-
-00-
-992-
-6655
5315-
-00-
-992-
-6654
5360-
-00-
-992-
-7301
1005-
-00-
-992-
-7302
1005-
-00-
-992-
-6671
5315-
-00-
-017-
-9537
1005-
-00-
-999-
-0406
5305-01-268-1191
5310-00-527-3634
1005-01-148-4805
5360-00-992-7292
1005-00-992-6667
5315-00-992-7309
5315-00-992-6650
5315-00-992-6653
5365-01-146-7692
1005-01-135-4973
5305-01-147-8585
1005-01-228-8504
1005-01-146-7685
5340-00-463-3892
1005-00-403-0964
5315-00-463-3894
19200
19204
19200
96906
19200
19200
19200
19204
19204
19200
13629
19200
19204
19204
19204
19200
19204
19200
19204
19204
19204
19200
96906
19204
19204
19204
19204
19204
13629
19204
19200
19204
88044
96906
19200
19204
19204
19204
19204
19204
19200
19200
19200
19204
19204
19200
19200
19200
19200
19204
19204
8448540
9349086
8448535
MS16562-96
8448537
8448538
8448536
8448539
8448534
9349085
95113
8448542
8448544
8448543
8448629
8448615
8448610
8448595
8448630
8448633
8448634
8448628
MS16562-119
8448638
8448586
8448585
8448637
8448636
95601
8448621
8448635
8448591
AN501D416-1
MS35335-61
9349127
8448516
8448631
8448609
8448599
8448584
9349129
9349119
9349128
8448579
8448605
9381380
9349130
8448653
9349121
8448652
8448655
TM9-1005-249-23&P
COAST GUARD CMDTINST M8370.9
AIR FORCE TO llW-3-5-5-24
SECTION IV
CROSS-REFERENCE INDEXES
FIGURE AND ITEM NUMBER INDEX
C-11
7
C-12
1
C-12
2
C-13
1
C-13
2
C-13
3
C-14
1
C-14
2
C-14
3
C-14
4
C-14
5
C-14
6
C-14
6
C-15
1
C-15
1
C-15
2
C-15
3
C-15
4
C-15
5
C-15
6
C-15
7
C-15
8
C-15
9
C-15
10
C-15
11
C-15
12
C-15
13
STOCK NUMBER
5305-01-144-1494
5360-00-992-6648
1005-00-017-9551
5360-00-992-7311
5360-00-992-7308
1005-00-992-7307
5340-00-992-7297
5315-00-992-6651
5360-00-992-6652
1005-00-992-7299
5315-00-814-3530
4933-00-800-7508
5220-01-075-5004
5220-01-014-8183
5220-00-155-4925
5220-00-221-9391
4933-01-035-5607
5220-00-070-7814
6695-00-070-7815
4933-00-070-9151
5120-00-070-9152
5220-01-043-9473
CAGEC
19200
19204
19200
19200
19204
19204
19200
19204
19200
19204
96906
19204
19204
19204
19205
19204
19200
19204
19204
19204
19204
19204
19204
19204
19204
19205
19204
PART NUMBER
9349120
8448611
8448612
8448594
8448593
8448592
8448581
8448582
8448583
8448587
MS 16562-35
8448580
8448606
8426685
7799809
8448201
12620101
8448496
8448677
8448202
12006359
7799734
7799735
11010032
11010033
7799792
12006472
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
APPENDIX D
EXPENDABLE/DURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST
Section 1. INTRODUCTION
D-1 . SCOPE. This appendix lists expendable/durable supplies and materials you will need to operate and maintain the
5.56mm Rifle M16 and M16A1. This listing is for informational purposes only and is not authority to requisition the
listed items. These items are authorized to you by CTA 50-970, Expendable/Durable Items (Except Medical, Class V,
Repair Parts, and Heraldic Items), or CTA 8-100, Army Medical Department Expendable/Durable Items.
D-2. EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS.
a. Column (1) — ^Item Number. This number is assigned to the entry in the listing and is referenced in the narrative
instructions to identify the material (e.g., "Use cloth, abrasive, crocus, item 12, bpp DP')
b. Column (2)-Level. This column identifies the lowest level of maintenance that requires the listed item.
C - Operator/Crew
O - Unit Maintenance
F - Direct Support Maintenance
H - General Support Maintenance
c. Column (3) — National Stock Number. This is the National stock number assigned to the item; use it to request or
requisition the item.
d. Column (4)-Description. indicates the Federal item name and, if required, a description to identify the item. The
last line for each item indicates the Federal Supply Code for Manufacturer (FSCM) in parentheses followed by the part
number.
e. Column (5) — Unit of Measure (U/M). Indicates the measure used in performing the actual maintenance function.
This measure is expressed by a two-character alphabetical abbreviation (e.g., ea, in., pr). If the unit of measure differs
from the unit of issue, requisition the lowest unit of issue that will satisfy your requirements.
Section II. EXPENDABLE/DURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST
(1)
Item
Number
(2)
Level
(3)
National
Stock
Number
(4)
Description
(5)
U/M
1
F
8040-00-944-7292
ADHESIVE KIT:
(81 348) MMM-A-1754
KT
2
C
1005-00-242-5687
BOTTLE ASSEMBLY, CYLINDRICAL
( 19204) 8448444
EA
3
8020-00-244-0153
BRUSH, ARTIST'S: metal furrule, flat
chisel edge 7/1 6 w, 1 1/8, exposed
bristle (81 348) H-B-241
EA
4
c
1005-00-903-1296
BRUSH, CLEANING, SMALL ARMS; bore
(1 9204) 11686340
EA
5
c
1005-00-999-1435
BRUSH, CLEANING, SMALL ARMS:
chamber (1 9204) 8432358
EA
6
c
1005-00-494-6602
BRUSH, CLEANING, SMALL ARMS: tooth
(1 9204) 8448462
EA
I
D-1
ARMY TM9-1005-249-23SP
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
Item
Number
National
Stock
Number
Description
U/M
7920-00-205-2401
BRUSH, CLEANING, TOOLS AND PARTS
(96906) MS 16746-29
6850-00-965-2332
CARBON REMOVING COMPOUND
(81348) P-C-111
9150-01-102-1473
9150-01-079-6124
9150-01-054-6453
9150-01-053-6688
CLEANER, LUBRICANT AND PRESERV-
ATIVE: (27412)
CLP 1/2 OZ BOTTLE
CLP-4 4 OZ BOTTLE
CLP-5 PT BOTTLE
CLP-7 GAL BOTTLE
9920-00-292-9946
CLEANER, TOBACCO PIPE:
(92849) DILLS (32 PER PK)
6850-00-224-6656
6850-00-224-6657
6850-00-224-6663
CLEANING COMPOUND, RIFLE BORE:
SMALL ARMS BORE CLEANING SOLUTION
(RBC)
(81349) HIL-C-372
2-OZ (59.15-ML) BOTTLE
8-OZ (236.59-ML) CAN
1-GAL (3.79-L) CAN
5350-00-221-0872
CLOTH, ABRASIVE
(58536) A-A-1206
!010-00-181-7859
COATING COMPOUND, FLUORESCENT:
PAINT FOR BLANK FIRING ATTACHMENT
(81349) HIL-P-21563
1 PT CAN
6810-00-244-0290
6810-00-616-9188
DICHLOROHETHANE, TECHNICAL
(81349) HIL-D-6998
5 GAL PAIL
600 LB DRUM
6850-00-281-1985
DRY CLEANING SOLVENT
(58536) A-A-711
1 GAL CAN
8415-00-823-7457
SIZE 11
8415-00-823-7456
SIZE 10
8415-00-823-7455
SIZE 9
GLOVES, CHEMICAL AND OIL
PROTECTIVE
(81348) ZZ-G-381
ARMY TM9-1005-249-23SP
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
(1)
(2) (3)
(4)
(5)
National
Item Stock
Number Level Number
9150-00-754-2595
Description
GREASE, MOLYBDENUM DISULFIDE
(81349) MIL-G-21164
U/M
LB
1005-01-113-0321
HANDLE SECTION, CLEANING ROD,
SMALL ARMS :
(19204) 8436776
1150-01-260-2534
LUBRICANT, SOLID FILM:
(81349) MIL-L23398
16 OZ SPRAY CAN
9150-00-292-9689
LUBRICATING OIL, WEAPONS: (LAW)
(81349) MIL-L-14107
1 QT (0.95-L) CAN
QT
9150-00-935-6597
9150-00-889-3522
9150-00-687-4241
9150-00-753-4686
LUBRICATING OIL, WEAPONS: (LSA),
SEMIFLUID (81349) MIL-L-46000
2-OZ {59.15-ML) PLASTIC BTL OZ
4-OZ {118.30-ML) PLASTIC BTL OZ
1-QT {0.95-L) CAN QT
1-GAL {3.79-L) CAN GL
4940-00-795-3595
PAN, WASH:
(94453) 1211
6850-00-826-0981
PENETRANT KIT: KT
(81349) MIL-L-25135
7920-00-205-1711
RAG, WIPING:
(81348) DDD-R-30
50 LB BDL
1005-00-050-6357
ROD SECTION, CLEANING,
SMALL ARMS :
(19204) 8436775 (3 REQUIRED)
8030-00-670-8553
SEALING COMPOUND;
(93648) DEVCONF
1005-00-937-2250
SWAB HOLDER SECTION, CLEANING
ROD, SMALL ARMS :
(19204) 11586327
1005-00-912-424i
SWAB, SMALL ARMS
(19204) 11686408
8115-00-190-5002
BOX, SHIPPING, FIBERBOARD
(81348) PPP-B-636
:115-00-023-0301
BOX, SHIPPING, FLAPS
(81348) PPP-B-601
ARMY TM9-1005-249-23SP
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
(1)
(2) (3)
(4)
(5)
National
Item Stock
Number Level Number
8135-00-855-5969
Description
CUSHIONING MATERIAL
(81348) PPP-C-843
U/M
EA
7510-00-297-6655
TAPE, PRESSURE SENSITIVE
(81348) PPP-T-76
;135-00-810-4075
BARRIER MATERIAL.
GREASE-PROOFED, WATERPROOFED
FLEXIBLE
(81349) MIL-B-121
;105-00-264-5523
ENVELOPE PACKAGING
(81349) MIL-B-117
:135-00-938-1565
FIBERBOARD, CORRUGATED
(81348) PPP-F-320
;115-00-616-9151
BOX, SHIPPING
(81348) PPP-B-640
;115-00-685-5171
BOX, SHIPPING
(81348) PPP-B-621
:135-01-019-1691
SHEET, POLYETHYLENE
(84744) PE88-80-2
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
APPENDIX E
ILLUSTRATED LIST OF MANUFACTURED ITEMS
INTRODUCTION.
a. This appendix includes complete instructions for making items authorized to be manufactured or fabricated at unit
or direct support leveL
b. A part number in alphanumeric order is provided for cross-referencing the part number of the item to be manufac-
tured to the figure which covers fabrication criteria.
c. All bulk materials needed for manufacture of an item are listed in a tabular list on the illustration.
d. | Figures E-1| and E-3 may be fabricated by Direct Support Maintenance.
e. l Figure E-21 may be fabricated by Unit Maintenance.
INDEX
Item Figure
Number
Front sight post and low light level front sight post removing and installation tool
Pivot pin removing tool
Key tool
Front sight detent depressor
M
Pivot pin installation tool I..E-5
720
MATERIAL BLOCK
FSCM 81346 ASTM A686 METAL BAR
STEEL, GRADE C, GLASS W2-09
HOT ROLLED, ROUND, 0.375 INCH NOMINAL
DIAMETER, 3 FOOT NOMINAL LONG
NSN 9510-00-640-4407 OR EQUIVALENT
NOTE
Teeth must be hand filed to fit front
sight post.
MATERIAL: MILD STEEL
NOTE: ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE IN INCHES AND KNURLING IS OPTIONAL IF DESIRED.
Figure E-1. Front sight post and low light level front sight post removing and installation tool.
I
E-1
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
NOTE: 1. FABRICATE FROM 1/16 IN, SOCKET HEAD SCREW KEY NSN 5120-00-198-5398 OR EQUIVALENT
2. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES.
AR 922734
Figure E-2. Pivot pin removing tool.
0.292 A _
DIA ~f
2-1/2
ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE IN INCHES
-^
0.123 R
_r
0.175 TO 0.180
DIA
U— 0.
U0.750J *
868-^
NOTE: ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE IN INCHES
MATERIAL BLOCK
FSCM 81346 ASTM A686 METAL BAR
STEEL, GRADE C, CLASS W209
HOT ROLLED, ROUND 0.375 INCH NOMINAL
DIAMETER, 3 FOOT NOMINAL LONG
NSN 9510-00-640-4407 OR EQUIVALENT
Figure E-3. Key tool.
AR 922842
E-2
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
±.02
.080 DIA STK WIRE
.625±.C20R
FABRICATE FROM .08 IN. MUSIC WIRE OR EQUIVALENT.
FINISH: NO. 5. 3.1.2 OR 5.3.2.2 OF MIL-STD-17
NOTE: ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES.
Figure E-4. Front sight detent depressor.
SECTION A-A
B .005
.096
.000
THRU
2.50 + .0!
1 1/2 MIN
005 MAX BOW FOR
LENGTH |— A —
1/8
TOTAL [^ ^ /j
+ .04 DIA J / ' ^- A
L .01 RMAX OR
.01 X 46 MAX CHAMFER
1.50 ±,06
25 + .05R
245 ^'^'^^ DIA STOCK
-.004
FABRICATE FROM .249 IN. STEEL A1S1 1095 OR EQUIVALENT.
HARDEN AND TEMPER TO RC-57-61 FOR LENGTH A-
FINISH 5.3.1.2 OR 5.3.2.2 OR MIL.-STD-171 .
NOTE: ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES.
Figure E-5. Pivot pin installation tool.
E-3 {E-4 blank)
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
APPENDIX F
TORQUE LIMITS
INTRODUCTION.
a. This appendix includes a standard torque table of the most commonly torque screws, bolts, and nuts.
b. These torque values may be used when torque values are not specified.
c. The torque table values are given in inch-pounds. If a torque wrench is calibrated in foot-pounds, you need to
divide the listed number by 12 to obtain the desired torque.
STANDARD TORQUE TABLE (INCH-POUNDS)
Torque Values In Inch-Pounds for Tightening Nuts
Bolt, Stud, or On standard bolt, studs, and screws having a
Screw Size tensile strength of 125,000 to 140,000 psi.
On bolts, studs, and
screws having a ten-
sile strength of
140,000 to 160,000
psi.
On high-strength bolts,
studs, and screws hav-
ing a tensile strength of
160,000 psi and over.
Sheer type nuts
Tension type nuts and
Any nut, except
Any nut, except shear
(AM320, AN364,
threaded machine parts
shear type
type
or equivalent)
(AN310, AN365, or
equivalent)
8-32
7-9
12-15
14-17
15-18
8-36
7-9
12-15
14-17
15-18
10-24
12-15
20-25
23-30
25-35
1 /4-20
25-30
40-50
45-49
50-68
1/4-28
30-40
50-70
60-80
70-90
5/16-18
48-55
90-90
85-117
90-114
5/16-24
60-85
100-140
120-172
140-203
3/8-1 6
95-110
160-186
173-217
185-248
3/8-24
95-110
160-190
175-271
190-351
7/16-14
140-155
235-255
245-342
255-428
7/16-20
270-300
450-500
475-628
500-756
1/2-13
240-290
400-480
440-636
480-792
1/2-20
290-410
480-690
585-840
690-990
9/16-12
300-420
500-700
600-845
700-990
9/16-18
480-600
800-1,000
900-1,220
1,000-1,440
F-1 (F-2 blank)
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
ALPHABETICAL INDEX
Subject Page
Annual Inspection and Gaging, M16 and M16A1 I 3-721
Assemblies
Bolt Assembly r^l^
Bolt Carrier Assembly I 2-24
Buttstock Assembly .12-52
Charging Handle Assembly I 2-33
[ins
[331]
Forward Assist Assembly i 3-471
Hammer Assembly 13-601
Key and Bolt Carrier Assembly I 3-191
Lower Receiver and Extension Assembly I 2-451 I 3-501
Lower Receiver and Extension Subassembly 13-621
Trigger Assembly J 3-611
Upper Receiver and Barrel Assembly 12-351 13-231
Upper Receiver Assembly I 3-401
Auxiliary Equipment
Bayonet-Knife M7 [4^
Bayonet-Knife Scabbard M8A1 or M10 FTTI
Blank Firing Attachment M15A2 14-121
Lock Plate r474]
Low Light Level Front Sight I 4-21
Rifle Bipod M3 14-101
Top Sling Adapter 1.4-71
B
Bayonet-Knife M7 [E]
Bayonet-Knife Scabbard !I/I8A1 or M10 [±^\
Blank Firing Attachment II/I15A2 14-121
Cleaning 14-1 31
inspection 14-1 31
installation 14-121
Removal 14-121
Repainting 14-131
Replacement I.4.-.1 31
Bolt Assembly I3.t59[ 13-151
Cleaning r23Ql FsTTal
Disassembly FT^ggi F^^TSI
inspection/Repair 12-301 13-151
Lubrication fl^ITl [3^18]
Reassembly flTsTl [3^181
Bolt Carrier Assembly TT^T^ nTTTI
Cleaning 12-251
Disassembly [2^24] [FTTI
Inspection ^^ ^^
Reassembly r2727l [3^14]
Repair [2^25] [3^14]
Test FS^TSI
Buttstock Assembly L2-52I
Disassembly 12-.:? 2 1
inspection L2.-53I
Reassembly J 2-54 1
i3
Repair =........ 2-5
Index 1
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
Subject Page
Characteristics, Capabilities, Features, and Equipment 1 1-21
Charging Handle Assembly I 2-33|
Disassembly I.2-33|
Inspection/Repair 12-341
Lubrication L2-34I
Reassembly 12-341
Checks and Services, Preventive Maintenance 12-31
Cleaning
Blank Firing Attachment M15A2 14-131
Bolt Assembly VT^im nTTg]
Bolt Carrier Assembly 12-251
Common Tools and Equipment I 2-11 1 3-11
D
Data Equipment 1 1-31
Decontamination of Rifles and Arms Rooms J 2-21 1
Decontamination of Sights Activated with Tritium (H3) I 2-211 , 1 3-91
Destruction of Army Materiel to Prevent Enemy Use 1 1-11
Differences between Models 1 1-31
Disassembly
Bolt Assembly TT^^m FTTSI
Bolt Carrier Assembly rT:^m FTTn
Buttstock Assembly 12-521
Forward Assist Assembly I 3-481
Hammer Assembly 13-601
Key and Bolt Carrier Assembly 13-191
Low Light Level Sight 14-21
Lower Receiver and Extension Assembly 12-451 1 3-501
Lower Receiver and Extension Subassembly I 3-621
Trigger Assembly I.3-.61 1
Upper Receiver and Barrel Assembly 12-351 1 3-231
Upper Receiver Assembly 13-401
E
Equipment Characteristics, Capabilities, and Features J 1-21
Equipment Description and Data J 1-21
Equipment improvement Recommendations (EIR), Reporting 11-11
Expendable/Durable Supplies and Materials List J D-l|
F
Features, Equipment Characteristics, Capabilities and 1 1-21
Final Inspection, Ml 6 and M16A1 Rifle 13-701
Gaging 13-731
Inspection I 3-701
Firing Pin Protrusion Gaging 13-711
Forward Assist Assembly 13-471
Disassembly 13-481
Inspection 13-481
Repair 13-491
Reassembly 13-491
Index 2
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
Subject Page
Gaging (See applicable module)
H
Hammer Assembly 1.3-601
Disassembly 13-601
inspection/Repair I 3-611
Reassembly 1.376.1 1
How to Use This Manual | iii |
I
Illustrated List of Manufactured items I E-ll
Inspection
Blank Firing Attachment M15A2 14-131
Bolt Carrier Assembly I 2-25L 13-121
Buttstock Assembly 12-531
Forward Assist Assembly I 3-481
Hammer Assembly 1 3-611
Low Light Level Sight 14-131
Lower Receiver and Extension Assembly I 2-47L I 3-531
Lower Receiver and Extension Subassembly I 3-641
Trigger Assembly 13-621
Upper Receiver and Barrel Assembly I 2-36L 13-261
Inspection/Repair
Bolt Assembly f^;^?!?! rTTSl
Key and Bolt Carrier Assembly I 3-2QI
inspection, Final M16 and M16A1 13-701
Inspection, Preembarkation of Materiel in Units Alerted for Overseas Movement I 3-731
Installation
Blank Firing Attachment M15A2 14-121
Lock Plate 1 4.- 4 J
Low Light Level Front Sight 14-31
Major Components of M16/M16A1 Rifle 13-101
Rifle Biped M3 L4.-.10I
Top Sling Adapter 1.4-71
K
Key and Bolt Carrier Assembly 13-191
Disassembly 1 3-. 1.91
Repair 13-201
Reassembly 13-201
L
Location and Description of Major Components L1-:2I
Lock Plate
installation 14:41
Removal 14-51
Index 3
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
Subject Page
L (Cont)
Low Light Level Front Sight
Disassembly J .47.21
Inspection J Ar.SI
Installation nt75l
Reassembly 1. 4-. 3 1
Wrapping and Packaging 1 .4 -.31
Lower Receiver and Extension Assembly
Disassembly |.2r.45| 13-501
inspection 1 .27.4 7 1 1 3-531
Reassembly IT491 1 3-581
Repair I.2r.48l 13-551
Test nr;?Bi
Low Receiver and Extension Subassembly
Disassembly |.3.-jB3I
Inspection 13-641
Reassembly 13-671
Repair/Modify 13-651
Test I.3.-:66I
Lubrication
Bolt Assembly 1^311 mm
Bolt Carrier Assembly I 2-271
Lubrication General I 2-221
M
Maintenance Allocation Chart | B-1
Maintenance Forms, Records and Reports 1 1-11
Major Components of M16 and M16A1 Rifle 12-231 15-101
Disassembly [gT^^ r^TTOI
Reassembly 1 2-551 [3^681
Stowage 12-561
Test rsTeg]
Manufactured Items, illustrated List of I E-ll
Materials List, Expendable/Durable Supplies and |. D-1 |
M7 Bayonet-Knife TTTT
M8A1 or Ml 0, Bayonet-Knife Scabbard ITT1
M16 and M16A1 Rifle Annual inspection and Gaging 13-721
M16 and M16A1 Rifle Final inspection 13-701
Mechanical Zero Procedures I 2-431 1 3-461
Official Nomenclature, Names and Designations | I-l|
Operation, Principles of [M]
Index 4
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
Subject Page
Parts, Repair, Special Tools, TMDE, and Support Equipment J 2-11
Preembarkation Inspection of Materiel in Units Alerted for Overseas Movement J 3-731
Preparation for Storage or Shipment 11-114-131
Preventive Maintenance Clieclts and Services 12-31
Principles of Operation OH
Purpose of II/I16/IW16A1 Rifle Pm
Reassembly
Bolt Assembly C^l^TI FTTgl
Bolt Carrier Assembly FITtI \TT4\
Buttstock Assembly 12-541
Forward Assist Assembly I 3-491
Hammer Assembly 13-611
Key and Boll Carrier Assembly 13-201
Low Light Level Front Sight IT^
Lower Receiver and Extension Assembly I 2-49L I 3-581
Lower Receiver and Extension Subassembly I 3-671
Trigger Assembly 13-621
Upper Receiver and Barrel Assembly 12-361 13-301
Upper Receiver Assembly 13-451
References
Removal
A.l
Blank Firing Attachment 14-121
Lock Plate FT^
Rifle Biped MS |.4r11|
Top Sling Adapter f?^
Repair
Bolt Assembly riTSOl 13^151
Buttstock Assembly 12-541
Forward Assist Assembly 13-491
Lower Receiver and Extension Assembly 12-481 1 3-551
Lower Receiver and Extension Subassembly I 3-651
Upper Receiver Assembly I 3-421
Repair Parts and Special Tools List |C-1 |
Repair Parts [.CtItII
Special Tools JCr15-1 |
Replacement
Blank Firing Attachment II/I15A2 1 4 - 1 31
Reporting Equipment Improvement Recommendations (EIR) 11-11
Restamping Serial Numbers I 3-661
Rifle Bipod M3
Instaliation 14-101
Removal |.4.t11|
Rifles and Arms Rooms, Decontamination of 12-211
Index 5
ARMY TM 9-1005-249-23&P
AIR FORCE TO 11W3-5-5-24
COAST GUARD COMDTINST M8370.9
Subject Page
Serial Numbers J 3-66 1
Service Upon Receipt of Materiel I. 2-113-11
Sights Activated with Tritium (H3), Decontamination of I 2-21I . I3-9I
Stowage
Major Components of M16 and M16A1 Rifle FS^Sgl
Test
Bolt Carrier Assembly [T
Lower Receiver and Extension Assembly \J
Lower Receiver and Extension Subassembly [T
Major Components of M16 and M16A1 Rifle [I
Upper Receiver and Barrel Assembly E
Top Sling Adapter E
m
TB
J]
561
351
3
Installation 14-71
Removal \T1\
Torque Limits I F-1 I
Trigger Assembly I 3-611
Disassembly 13-611
Inspection I -3^621
Reassembly 13-621
Troubleshooting 12-121 1 3-21
Upper Receiver and Barrel Assembly | 2-35] [^-221
Disassembly |2-35j| 3-23]
Inspection FTJe] TTm
Repair FTm VTm
Reassembly r^TI \T1U\
Test IT^
Upper Receiver Assembly
Disassembly I J-4U|
Inspection/Repair I j-42|
Reassembly I 3-45|
W
Wrapping and Packaging I . 4H3,4-T3|
Zero Procedures, Mechanical L 2-43U 3-461
Index 6
By Order of the Secretary of the Army:
GORDON R. SULLIVAN
General, United States Army
cftief of Staff
Official:
PATRICIA P. HICKERSON
Brigadier General, United States Army
The Adjutant General
By Order of the Secretary of the Air Force :
MERRILL A. McPEAK, General USAF
Chief of Staff
Offical:
CHARLES C. Mcdonald, General, USAF
Commander, Air Force Logistics Command
W.T. LELAND, Rear Admiral
Chief, Office Law
Enforcement and Defense Operations
U.S. Coast Guard
DISTRIBUTION :
To be distributed in accordance with DA Form 12-40E, (Block 0136), Unit,
Direct and General Support Maintenance requirements for TM 9-1005-249-23&P .
"U.S. Government Printing Office: 1995-388-421/40073
RECOMMENDED CHANGES TO PUBLICATIONS AND
BLANK FORMS
Amir Adiuf«fif Csfi«r«l C«4tl*r.
Use Part 11 (reverse) for Repair Paris and
Special Tool Lists (RPSTL) and Supply
Catalogs/Supply Manuals (SC/SM>.
DATE
TOi (Forwmrd to proprntmnt ai ptAllemtion er larm) (tncludm ZIP Codm)
Commander
U. S. Army AMCCOM
ATTN: AMSMC-MAS
Rock Island, IL 61299-6000
FROM) (Actirity mnd locati<jn) (Ineludm ZIP Cod*)
PART t . ALL PUBLICATIONS (EXCEPT RPSTL AND SC/SM) AND BLANK FORMS
PUBLICATION/FORM NUM8ER
TM 9-1005-249-23&P
OATt
19 June 1991
TITLE
Rifle, Ml 6 ^TiH MI^AI
ITEM
NO.
PAGE
NO.
PARA-
GRAPH
LINE
NO.*
FIGURE
NO.
TABLE
NO.
RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASON
(Provide exact wording of rvcdm>nentfed change^ if powible).
1-1
1-5
1-6
1-13
Change zip code from 61201 to 61299.
Reason: Change in zip code.
Change zip code from 61201 to 61299.
Reason: change in zip code.
PLE
*Relerence to line numbers within the paragraph or subparagraph.
TYPED NAME. GRADE OR TITLE
TELEPHONE EXCHANGE/ AUTOVON,
PLUS EXTENSION
SIGNATURE
Your name
DA. :r. 2028
REPLACES DA FORM 2 021. 1 DCC «•. WHICH WILL BC USED.
TOl (FoewMtd difct fo mddr€&»*€ ti»t9d in pubUcsiioii}
Commander
U. S. Army AMCCOM
ATTN: AMSMC-MAS
Rock Island, IL 61299-6000
FROMi CActlvity mnd locmHon) (lnclud9 ZIP Codm)
DATE
PART II - REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOL LISTS AND SUPPLY CATALOGS/SUPPLY MANUALS
PUBLICATION NUMBER
TM 9-1005-249-23&P
OAT£
19 June 1991
TITLE
Rifle, M16 and M16A1
PAGE
NO.
COLM
NO.
LINE
NO.
NATIONAL STOCK
NUMBER
REFERENCE
NO.
FIGURE
NO.
ITEM
NO.
TOTAL NO.
OF MAJOR
ITEMS
SUPPORTED
RECOMMENDED ACTION
PART III - REMARKS (Any general remarks or recommendat ions , or suggestions for iaiprovenmnt oi pxablicmiSona snd
blank forms. Additional blank sheets may be used if more space is needed,)
TYPED NAME. GRADE OR TITLE
TELEPHONE EXCHANGE/AUTOVON,
PLUS EXTENSION
SIGNATURE
RECOMMENDED CHANCES TO PUBLICATIONS AND
BLANK FORMS
For uia of tHis (onn, «•■ AR 31&-1; tti> proponmnt aguncy ii th« US
Army Adjutant Csnarat Canrsr.
Use Part H (revers&) for Repair Parts and
Special Tool Lists (RPSTL) and Supply
Catalogs/Supply Manuals (SC, SM).
DATE
TO; (forward to propancm of ptibtication or form) (Include ZIP Code)
Commander
U.S.Army AMCCOM
ATTN: AMSMC-MS
Rock Island, IL 61299-6000
FROM: {Activity and location) (Include ZIP Cod«)
PART I . ALL PUBLICATIONS (EXCEPT RPSTL AND SC/SM) AND BLANK FORMS
PUBLSCATtON rORM NUMBER
TM 9-10Q5-249-23&P
DATE
TITLE
19 June 1991 | Rifle. M16 and M16A1
ITEM
NO.
PAGE
NO.
PARA-
GRAPH
LINE
NO.'
FIGURE
NO.
TABLE
NO.
RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASON
(Exact wording ol recontmended cftange must b« givmn)
'Reference to line numbers within the paragraph or subparagraph.
TVPEO NAME, GRADE OR TITLE
TELEPMONE EXCHANGE/AUTOVON.
PLUS EXTENSION
SIGNATURE
DA.:ra^2028
REPLACES OA FORM 2028, 1 DEC «•, WHICH WILL 9E US£0.
TOi (Foewrd direct to mddre»ote liattd in pubticatioii)
Gommander
U.S. Army AMCCOM
ATTN: AMSMC-MAS
Rock Island, IL 61299-6000
FROM: (Activity and location) (Sncludm ZIP Codm)
DATE
PART 11 - REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOL LISTS AND SUPPLY CATALOGS/SUPPLY MANUALS
Publication number
TM 9-1005-249-23&P
DATE
19 June 1991
TITLE
Rifle, M16 and M16A1
PAGE
NO.
COLM
NO.
LINE
NO.
FEDERAL STOCK
NUMBER
REFERENCE
NO.
FIGURE
NO.
ITEM
NO.
TOTAL NO.
OF MAJOR
ITEMS
SUPPORTED
RECOMMENDED ACTION
PART III - REMARKS (Any genera! remarks or recommendations, or Buggestions for improvement of publications srtd
blank forms. Additional blank sheets may be used if more space is needed.)
TYPED NAME. GRADE OR TITLE
TELEPHONE EXCHANGE/AUTOVON.
PLUS EXTENSION
SIGNATURE
RECOMMENDED CHANGES TO PUBLICATIONS AND
BLANK FORMS
far wt« «f this f«rm, •«• AR 3I<^I; ftt* pr«p«n«nt OQ»n€f i« th« US
Army Adjutant Canspg] C*n»»r.
Use part II (tev^rxe) for Repair Parts *nd
Special Too! Lists (RPSTL) and Supply
Catalogs/Supply Manuals (SC. SM).
DATE
TO: (Far^mrd to propanmnt ot publication or torm) (Include ZIP Coda)
Commander
U.S.Amy AMCCOM
AXra: AMSMC-MAS
Rock Island, IL 61299-6000
FROM: (Activity and location) (Includa ZIP Co4«)
PART I - ALL PUBLICATIONS (gXCEPT RPSTL AND SC SM) AND BLANK FORMS
PUStlCATiON FORM NUMBER
TM 9-1005-249-23&P
DATE
19 June 1991
TITLE
Rifle, Ml^ and M16A1
ITEM
NO.
PAGE
HO.
PARA-
GRAPH
LINE
NO.'
FIGURE
NO.
TABLE
NO.
RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASON
(Enact wording o/ rocommend€d cSanga must be givon)
'Reference to tine numbers within the paragraph or subparagraph.
TVPEO NAME, GRADE OR TITLE
DA.:r,.2028
TELEPHONE EXCHANGE/AUTOVON,
PLUS EXTENSION
SIGNATURE
RCPLACeS OA ^OAM 2021. I OEC «•. MHlCH W(UL SC USED
TOl (ForwmrtI direcr to mddietttt liaftl in pubUcmiioi}}
Commander
U.S. Army AMCCOM
ATTN: AMSMC-MAS
Rock Island, IL 61299-6000
FROM: (Activity and location) (Include HP Cod0)
DATE
PART II - REPAIR PARTS AMD SPECIAL TOOL LISTS AND SUPPLY CATALOGS/SUPPLY MANUALS |
PUBLICATION NUMBER
TM 9-1005-249-23&P
DATE
19 June 1991
TITLE
Rifle, M
16 and M16A1
PAGE
NO.
COLM
NO.
LINE
NO.
FEDERAL STOCK
NUMBER
REFERENCE
NO.
FIGURE
NO.
ITEM
NO.
TOTAL NO.
OF MAJOR
ITEMS
SUPPORTED
RECOMMENDED ACTION
PART lit • REMARKS (Any ^encraf remarks or recommendstionSp or euggcstionM tor improve men r of pubUcations and
blank forms. Additional blank sheets may be used H more space is rteeded.)
TYPED NAME, GRADE OR TITLE
TELEPHONE EXCHANCE/AUTOVON.
PLUS EXTENSION
SIGNATURE
RECOMMENDED CHANGES TO PUSLICATIONS AND
BLANK FORMS
F«r ui« of ^ii i^rm, t«« AR 310-1; fh« preponant agvney !• ih« U$
Armf Ad)utont G«fi«r«l C«ni«rt
TOs (ForwmriS to pfopon^nl of publication at tortn) (Include ZIP Codo}
Commander
U.S. Army AMCCOM
ATTN: AffiMC-MAS
Rock Island, IL 61299-6000
Use Part U (reverfta) for Repair Parts jnd
Special Tool Lists (RPSTL) and Supply
CatatoKs/Supply Manuals (SC. SM).
DATE
FROM: (Activity anJ locatiiwi) (Include ZIP Code)
P4RT I . ALL PUBLICATIONS (EXCEPT RPSTL AND SC SM) AND BLANK FORMS
PUBLICATION FORM NUM9En
TH 9-1005-249-23&P
OATe
TITLE
19 June 1991 Rifle. M16 anH MlfeAl
tTEM
NO.
PAGE
NO.
PARA-
GRAPH
LINE
NO.*
FIGURE
NO.
TABLE
NO.
RECOMMENOeO CHANGES AND REASON
(Enact *vordini of racommcndad eftanga must ba given)
* Reference to tine numbers within the paragraph or subparagraph.
TYPED NAME, GRACE OR TITLE
TELEPHONE EXCHANGE/AUTOVON,
PLUS EXTENSION
SIGNATURE
DA.:r,.2028
ncPLAccfl OA roAM 202s. t oec «i. mhich wii.l se used.
TOl (Foewmrd dfrtct to rnddrcsmee iimtmd in public»lioii)
Commander
U.S. Amy AMCCOM
ATTN: AMSMC-MAS
Rock Island, IL 61299-6000
FROM: (Acifvity mnd Jocmtion) (Jnctudm ZIP Cod*)
DATE
PART II - REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOL LISTS AND SUPPLY CATALOGS/SUPPLY MANUALS
PUBLICATION Number
TM 9-1005-249-23&P
DATE
19 June 1991
TITLE
Rifle, Ml 6 and M16A1
PAGE
NO.
COLM
NO.
LINE
NO.
FEDERAL STOCK
NUMBER
REFERENCE
NO.
FIGURE
NO.
ITEM
NO.
TOTAL NO.
OF MAJOR
ITEMS
SUPPORTED
RECOMMENDED ACTION
PART III- REMARKS (Any genctBt remarks or rec onvnendat ions, or suggestions tor improvement oi publications and
blank forms. Additional blank sheets may be used if more space is needed^
TYPED NAME. GRADE OR TITLE
TELEPHONE EXCMANGE/AUTOVON,
PLUS EXTENSION
SIGNATURE
DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY
US ARMY PUBLICATIONS DISTRIBUTION CENTER
1655 WOODSON ROAD
ST LOUIS, MISSOURI 63114-6181
OFFICIAL BUSINESS
DO NOT FORWARaOR RETURN^ADDRESS COR
UPS SHIPPER NO,
MO. 681-611
EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR M0497
USAMC LOG SPT ACTV
ATTN AMXLS-AP
REDSTONE ARS AL 35898-7466
DA PUBLICATIOM/FORM NUMDER
TM 9-1005-249-23&P
CHG OR DATa
LOCATION QUANTITY
K4333 1
UNITOFISSUE
EA
ftCTiON
DR
L ._ .. __
RON DAFE
525r
PKG SIZE
ITEM NO.
392587
BULK/RCPT DATE
BLK
SLAPDC CONTROL NO.
5269 05351
BATCH 37
ZONE 4
M0497#006037
USAPDC-S LABEL4-26S (01 CX^TOBER 93) PREVIOUS EDITION MAY BE USED TILL. EXHAUSTED
PI
068570- 000
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11